[go: up one dir, main page]

TW201219770A - Test module incorporating spectrometer - Google Patents

Test module incorporating spectrometer Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201219770A
TW201219770A TW100119223A TW100119223A TW201219770A TW 201219770 A TW201219770 A TW 201219770A TW 100119223 A TW100119223 A TW 100119223A TW 100119223 A TW100119223 A TW 100119223A TW 201219770 A TW201219770 A TW 201219770A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
test module
amplification
photodiode
sample
probe
Prior art date
Application number
TW100119223A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
Mehdi Azimi
Kia Silverbrook
Alireza Moini
Original Assignee
Geneasys Pty Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Family has litigation
First worldwide family litigation filed litigation Critical https://patents.darts-ip.com/?family=46552736&utm_source=google_patent&utm_medium=platform_link&utm_campaign=public_patent_search&patent=TW201219770(A) "Global patent litigation dataset” by Darts-ip is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License.
Application filed by Geneasys Pty Ltd filed Critical Geneasys Pty Ltd
Publication of TW201219770A publication Critical patent/TW201219770A/en

Links

Landscapes

  • Apparatus Associated With Microorganisms And Enzymes (AREA)
  • Measuring Or Testing Involving Enzymes Or Micro-Organisms (AREA)

Abstract

A test module having an outer casing having a receptacle for receiving a biological sample, an excitation source mounted in the outer casing for sequentially illuminating the biological sample with different wavelengths of light, and, a photosensor positioned to detect the different wavelengths of light transmitted through the biological sample, wherein during use, the photosensor output signal is used to generate a spectrogram for analysis of a characteristic of the biological sample.

Description

201219770 六、發明說明 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本發明關於使用微系統技術(MST)之診斷裝置。特別 是本發明關於用於分子診斷之微流體和生化之處理及分 析。 【先前技術】 分子診斷已用於:可於病徵顯現之前,提供早期疾病 檢測預示之領域。分子診斷試驗係用於檢測: •遺傳病症 •後天病症 •傳染性疾病 •與健康有關情況之基因易致病因素 由於有高準確度及快速處理時間,分子診斷試驗得以 減少無效健康照護的發生、增進病患預後(patient outcome)、改進疾病管理及個體化患者照護。分子診斷的 許多技術係基於自生物樣本(諸如血液或唾液)萃取及擴增 之特定核酸(去氧核糖核酸(DNA)以及核糖核酸(RNA)兩者) 的檢測及辨識。核酸鹼基的互補特性,使經合成之DNA 的短序列(寡核苷酸)得以與特定核酸序列結合(雜交),以 供核酸試驗使用。若雜交發生,則互補序列存在於樣本 中。這使得例如預測個人未來會得到的疾病、判定感染性 病原體的種類及致病性,或判定個人對藥物的反應成爲可 -5- 201219770 以核酸爲基之分子診斷試驗 以核酸爲基之試驗有四個獨立步驟: 1. 樣本製備 2. 核酸萃取 3. 核酸擴增(任意的) 4. 檢測 許多樣本類型,諸如血液、尿液、痰和組織樣本,係 用於基因分析。診斷試驗判定所需的樣本類型,因爲並非 所有樣本皆可代表疾病進程。這些樣本具有各種組分,但 通常只有其中之一受到關注。例如,在血液中,高濃度的 紅血球可抑制致病微生物的檢測。因此,在核酸試驗一開 始時通常需要純化及/或濃縮步驟。 血液是最常請求的樣本類型之一。其具有三種主要組 分:白血球、紅血球及血小板。血小板加速凝血且在活體 外維持活性。爲了抑制凝血,該試樣在純化與濃縮之前與 諸如伸乙二胺四乙酸(EDTA)的試劑混合。通常自樣本移 除紅血球以濃縮標靶細胞。在人體中,紅血球佔細胞物質 之約99%,但其不帶有DNA因彼不具細胞核。此外,紅 血球含有諸如血紅素之可能干擾下游核酸擴增程序(描述 於下)的成分。藉由溶解溶液差示(differentially)溶解紅血 球可完成紅血球之移除,而留下完整之其餘細胞物質,接 著可利用離心自樣本分離其餘之細胞物質。此提供自其萃 取核酸之濃縮標靶細胞。 -6- 201219770 用於萃取核酸之確切規程取決於樣本及待實施之診斷 分析。例如,用於萃取病毒RNA之規程與用於萃取基因 組DNA之規程相當不同。然而,自標靶細胞萃取核酸通 常包含細胞溶解步驟及接續的核酸純化。細胞溶解步驟使 細胞及細胞核膜破裂,而釋放出遺傳物質。此經常使用溶 胞清潔劑來完成,溶胞清潔劑係諸如十二烷基硫酸鈉,其 亦使存在於細胞中之大量蛋白質變性。 接著以酒精沉澱步驟純化核酸,此步驟通常使用冰乙 醇或異丙醇,或是經由固相純化步驟純化核酸,該固相純 化步驟通常在管柱中的二氧化矽基材、樹脂或在高濃度的 離液鹽存在下之順磁珠粒上進行,接著清洗核酸,然後以 低離子強度之緩衝液進行洗提。在核酸沉澱之前一個選擇 性步驟是加入蛋白酶,該酶消化蛋白質以進一步純化該樣 本。 其他的溶胞方法包括經由超聲振動之機械式溶胞以及 將樣本加熱至94°C以破壞細胞膜之熱溶胞。 標靶DNA或RNA可以極小量存在於經萃取之物質 中,尤其是若標靶來自致病性來源。核酸擴增提供選擇性 擴增(即複製)以低濃度存在之特定標靶至可檢測之量的能 力。 最常使用的核酸擴增技術是聚合酶連鎖反應(PCR)。 PCR在此領域已廣爲所知,且關於此類型反應之完整描述 係提供於 E. van Pelt-Verkuil 等人之 Principles and201219770 VI. Description of the Invention [Technical Field of the Invention] The present invention relates to a diagnostic apparatus using microsystem technology (MST). In particular, the present invention relates to the processing and analysis of microfluidics and biochemicals for molecular diagnostics. [Prior Art] Molecular diagnosis has been used to provide an area for early detection of disease before the onset of symptoms. Molecular diagnostic tests are used to detect: • genetic disorders • acquired diseases • infectious diseases • genes associated with health-related genetic factors due to high accuracy and rapid processing time, molecular diagnostic tests can reduce the incidence of ineffective health care, Improve patient outcomes, improve disease management, and individualized patient care. Many techniques for molecular diagnostics are based on the detection and identification of specific nucleic acids (both deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) and ribonucleic acid (RNA)) extracted and amplified from biological samples such as blood or saliva. The complementary nature of the nucleobase allows the short sequence (oligonucleotide) of the synthesized DNA to bind (hybridize) to a particular nucleic acid sequence for use in nucleic acid assays. If hybridization occurs, the complementary sequence is present in the sample. This makes it possible, for example, to predict the disease that an individual will get in the future, to determine the type and pathogenicity of the infectious pathogen, or to determine the individual's response to the drug. 5 - 201219770 Nucleic acid-based molecular diagnostic test. Four separate steps: 1. Sample preparation 2. Nucleic acid extraction 3. Nucleic acid amplification (optional) 4. Detection of many sample types, such as blood, urine, sputum and tissue samples, for gene analysis. Diagnostic tests determine the type of sample required, as not all samples represent disease progression. These samples have various components, but usually only one of them is of interest. For example, in the blood, high concentrations of red blood cells can inhibit the detection of pathogenic microorganisms. Therefore, purification and/or concentration steps are typically required at the beginning of the nucleic acid assay. Blood is one of the most frequently requested sample types. It has three main components: white blood cells, red blood cells, and platelets. Platelets accelerate coagulation and maintain activity outside the body. To inhibit coagulation, the sample was mixed with a reagent such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA) prior to purification and concentration. Red blood cells are typically removed from the sample to concentrate the target cells. In the human body, red blood cells account for about 99% of the cellular material, but they do not carry DNA because they do not have a nucleus. In addition, red blood cells contain components such as heme that may interfere with downstream nucleic acid amplification procedures (described below). Red blood cell removal can be accomplished by dissolving the solution differentially red blood cells, leaving the entire remaining cellular material, which can then be separated from the sample by centrifugation. This provides a concentrated target cell from which the nucleic acid is extracted. -6- 201219770 The exact procedure used to extract nucleic acids depends on the sample and the diagnostic analysis to be performed. For example, the protocol used to extract viral RNA is quite different from the protocol used to extract genomic DNA. However, extracting nucleic acids from a target cell typically involves a cell lysis step and subsequent nucleic acid purification. The cell lysis step ruptures the cell and nuclear membrane and releases the genetic material. This is often accomplished using a lyophilized detergent such as sodium lauryl sulfate, which also denatures a large amount of protein present in the cells. The nucleic acid is then purified by an alcohol precipitation step, which is usually carried out using ice ethanol or isopropanol, or via a solid phase purification step, which is usually carried out in a column of cerium oxide substrate, resin or high. The concentration is carried out on paramagnetic beads in the presence of a chaotropic salt, followed by washing of the nucleic acid, followed by elution with a buffer of low ionic strength. A selective step prior to precipitation of the nucleic acid is the addition of a protease which digests the protein to further purify the sample. Other lysis methods include mechanical lysis via ultrasonic vibration and heating of the sample to 94 °C to disrupt thermal lysis of the cell membrane. The target DNA or RNA can be present in the extracted material in very small amounts, especially if the target is from a pathogenic source. Nucleic acid amplification provides the ability to selectively amplify (i.e., replicate) a particular target in a low concentration to a detectable amount. The most commonly used nucleic acid amplification technique is the polymerase chain reaction (PCR). PCR is well known in the art, and a complete description of this type of reaction is provided by E. van Pelt-Verkuil et al. Principles and

Technical Aspects of PCR Amplification, Springer, 201219770 2008 ° PCR爲有用之技術,其可在複雜DNA之背景中擴增 標靶DNA序列。若欲(藉由PCR)擴增RNA,首先必須使 用名爲反轉錄酶之酵素將 RNA轉錄爲 cDNA (互補 DNA)。隨後,藉由PCR擴增該得到之cDNA。 PCR爲指數型方法,只要維持反應的條件爲可接受的 即可繼續進行》PCR反應之成份爲:Technical Aspects of PCR Amplification, Springer, 201219770 2008 ° PCR is a useful technique for amplifying target DNA sequences in the context of complex DNA. If RNA is to be amplified (by PCR), RNA must first be transcribed into cDNA (complementary DNA) using an enzyme called reverse transcriptase. Subsequently, the obtained cDNA was amplified by PCR. PCR is an exponential method, as long as the conditions for maintaining the reaction are acceptable, the components of the PCR reaction are:

1·引子對一具有約10至30個與日比鄰(flanking)標革巴 序列之區互補之核苷酸的短單股DN A 2. DNA聚合酶-合成DNA之熱穩定性酶 3. 去氧核糖核苷三磷酸(dNTP)-提供被倂入新合成之 DNA股之核苷酸 4. 緩衝液一提供DNA合成之理想化學環境。 PCR通常涉及將這些反應物置於含有經萃取之核酸的 小管(約1 〇至50微升)。將管放置於循環熱反應器 (thermal cycler)中;此反應器係使反應在一系列不同的溫 度中進行不等時間的儀器。每個熱循環的標準規程涉及變 性相、退火相和延伸相。延伸相有時候被稱爲引子延伸 相。除了這三步驟規程之外,亦可使用二步驟熱規程,其 中退火相和延伸相係經合倂。變性相通常涉及提升反應溫 度至90至95 °C以使DNA股變性;在退火相中,該溫度 被降至50至6 0°C以使引子黏合;然後在延伸相中,該溫 度被提升至最佳DNA聚合酶活性溫度60至72°C以供引 子延伸。此過程被重複循環約20至40次,最終結果爲產 -8 - 201219770 生數百萬套介於引子間之標靶序列拷貝。 已發展出用於分子診斷之許多標準PCR規程之變 體’其中包括諸如多引子組PCR,連接子引發(linker-primed)PCR、直接 PCR ' 重複序列(tandein)PCR、即時 PCR以及反轉錄酶PCR。 多引子組PCR在單一PCR混合物中使用多重引子 組’以產生對不同DNA序列具特異性之不同大小之擴增 子。藉由一次標靶(瞄準)多個基因,可自單一試驗得到額 外的資訊(以其他方式則需要數次試驗)。多引子組PCR之 最佳化則較爲困難,因其需要選取具近似黏合溫度之引子 及具近似長度與鹼基組成之擴增子以確保各擴增子之擴增 效率相等。 連接子引發(linker-primed) PCR,又稱爲接合接合子 (ligation adaptor) PCR ’係一種不需要標靶-特異性引子, 而能在複雜DNA混合物中使實質上所有DNA序列之核酸 擴增之方法。此方法首先以合適之限制內切酶(酵素)剪切 (digest)標靶DNA群。接著使用接合酶將具有合適懸端之 雙股寡核苷酸連接子(亦稱爲接合子)與標靶DNA片段之 末端接合。接下來使用對連接子序列具有特異性之寡核苷 酸引子進行核酸擴增。藉此,所有與連接子寡核苷酸毗鄰 之DNA來源的片段可被擴增。 直接PCR描述一種直接於樣本上實施PCR而不需要 任何(或最少)核酸萃取之系統。長久以來認爲未經純化之 生物樣本中存在的許多成分諸如血液中的原血紅素成分會 -9 - 201219770 抑制PCR反應。因此在製備PCR反應混合物之前,習慣 上需要加強純化標靶核酸。然而,利用化學性質及樣本濃 度之適當變化,有可能僅需最少之 DNA純化或以直接 PCR進行PCR。用於直接PCR之PCR化學性質的調整包 括提高緩衝液強度,使用具高活性及處理性(Processivity) 之聚合酶及與潛在聚合酶抑制劑螯合之添加物。 重複序列PCR利用兩次獨立的核酸擴增循環以增進 擴增正確擴增子的機率。重複序列PCR之一型爲巢式 PCR,其中兩對PCR引子被用於在不同的核酸擴增循環中 擴增單一基因座。第一對引子與位於標靶核酸序列以外之 區域的核酸序列雜交。第二對引子(巢式引子)係用於第二 次擴增,該對引子結合於第一 PCR產物之內以產生含有 標靶核酸之第二 PCR產物,且第二產物較第一產物爲 短。此策略所運用的論理爲:若第一次核酸擴增期間因失 誤而擴增錯誤之基因座,該錯誤基因座又被第二對引子再 次擴增之機率非常低,因此確保了特異性。 即時PCR或定量PCR被用於即時測量PCR產物之 量。藉由在反應中使用含有螢光團之探針或螢光染料以及 一組標準物,可測定樣本中之核酸的最初含量。此特別有 用於分子診斷學,其中治療選擇可能取決於樣本中病原體 之含量而有所不同。 反轉錄酶PCR (RT-PCR)係用於自RNA擴增DNA。反 轉錄酶係將RNA反轉錄成互補DNA (cDNA)之酶,該 cDNA接著藉由PCR擴增。RT-PCR被廣泛地用於表現分 -10- 201219770 析(expression pro filing)以測定基因之表現或辨識rna轉 錄物之序列,包括轉錄起始及終止位點。其亦用於擴增 RNA病毒,諸如人類免疫不全病毒或C型肝炎病毒。 恆溫擴增係另一種形式之核酸擴增,此種擴增不依賴 擴增反應期間之標靶DN A熱變性,因此不需要精密複雜 的儀器。因此恆溫核酸擴增方法可在田野場所進行或在實 驗室以外之環境簡單地操作。一些恆溫核酸擴增方法已被 描述,包括股取代擴增(Strand Displacement Amplification)、轉錄媒介性擴增(Transcription Mediated Amplification)、核酸序列基底擴增(Nucleic Acid Sequence Based Amplification)、重組酶聚合酶擴增 (Recombinase Polymerase Amplification)、滾環擴增 (Rolling Circle Amplification)、分枝型擴增(Ramification Amplification)、解螺旋酶依賴性®溫 DNA 擴增 (Helicase-Dependent I s o th e rm al DN A A m p 1 i f i c a t i ο n)及環 形恆溫擴增(Loop-Mediated Isothermal Amplification)。 恆溫核酸擴增不依賴持續加熱變性模板DNA以產生 作爲繼續擴增之模板的單股分子,而是利用其他於恆溫下 之方法產生單股分子,諸如藉由特異性限制內核酸酶進行 DNA分子之酶切割,或是利用酶分開DNA雙股。 股取代擴增(SDA)依賴特定限制酶切割半修飾(hemi· modified) DNA之未經修飾股之能力,以及缺乏5’-3’核酸 外切酶活性之聚合酶延伸及取代下游股之能力。然後藉由 偶合正義(sense)與反義(antisense)反應以達成指數性核酸 -11 - 201219770 擴增,其中來自正義反應之股取代係反義反應之模板。此 反應所使用之切口酶不以慣用方式切割 DNA,而是在 DNA之一股上產生切口,諸如 N. Alwl、N. BstNBl及 M ly 1。SDA藉由使用熱穩定性限制酶(Aval)及熱穩定性外 聚合酶(Bst聚合酶)之組合加以改進。此組合已經顯示可 使反應之擴增效率自1 〇8倍擴增提高至1 0 1 ^倍擴增,因此 可能可以利用此技術來擴增獨特之單拷貝分子。 轉錄介導擴增(TMA)及以核酸序列爲基擴增(NASBA) 使用RNA聚合酶複製RNA序列而非對應之基因組DNA。 此技術使用兩種引子及兩或三種酶,即RNA聚合酶、反 轉錄酶及選擇性之RNase Η (若反轉錄酶不具Rnase活 性)。其中的一種引子含有RN A聚合酶之啓動子序列。在 核酸擴增的第一步驟中,此引子於限定位點與標靶核糖體 RNA (rRNA)雜交。接著反轉錄酶自啓動子引子之3’端開 始延伸以產生該標靶rRNA之DNA拷貝。在所形成之 RNA:DNA雙體中的RNA藉由該反轉錄酶之RNase活性 (若有的話)或額外之RNase Η分解。在下一步驟中,第二 引子與DNA拷貝結合。新的DNA股係由反轉錄酶自此引 子之末端合成,產生雙股之DNA分子。RNA聚合酶辨識 DNΑ模板中之啓動子序列並開始轉錄。各個新合成之 RNA擴增子再進入過程中以作爲新的複製週期之模板。 在重組酶聚合酶擴增(R P A)中,特定D N A片段之恆溫 擴增係經由使方向相反(opposing)之寡核苷酸引子與模板 DNA結合’再藉由DNa聚合酶延伸該等引子加以達成。 -12- 201219770 雙股DNA (dsDNA)模板之變性不需要加熱。取而代之 地’ RPA採用重組酶-引子複合物來掃描dsDNA以促進在 同源位點之股交換。該產生之結構係藉由單股DNA結合 蛋白與該經取代之模板股交互作用加以穩定,從而防止引 子經由分支遷移(branch migration)退出。童組酶解開使股 取代DNA聚合酶(諸如枯草芽孢桿菌Pol I (Bsu)之大片段) 得以接近之寡核苷酸之3’端,隨之而來的是引子延伸。指 數型核酸擴增則經此過程之重複循環完成。 解螺旋酶依賴性擴增(HDA)模擬活體內系統.,其中使 用DNA解螺旋酶以產生供引子雜交之單股模板,接著由 DNA聚合酶延伸引子。在HDA反應之第一步驟中,解螺 旋酶沿著標靶DNA穿過以打斷連接兩股間之氫鍵,該兩 股接著與單股結合蛋白結合。藉由解螺旋酶使單股標靶區 暴露後引子得以黏合。然後DNA聚合酶利用游離之去氧 核糖核苷三磷酸(dNTP)延伸各引子之3’端以製造二條 DNA複製股。該兩條dsDNA複製股各自進入下一個HDA 循環,導致該標靶序列之指數型核酸擴增。 其他以DNA爲基礎之恆溫技術包括滾環擴增(RCA), 其中DNA聚合酶圍繞環形DNA模板持續延伸引子,產生 由該環之許多重複拷貝所組成之長DNA產物。在反應結 束前,該聚合酶產生成千上萬份該環形模板之拷貝,且該 等拷貝之鏈被繫留於該原始標靶DNA上。此方式允許標 靶之空間解離及信號之快速核酸擴增。一小時至多可產生 1〇12份模板拷貝。分枝型擴增係RCA之一種變型,其使 -13- 201219770 用封閉之環形探針(C-探針)或掛鎖探針及具有高延伸性 (processivity)之DNA聚合酶以在恒溫條件下指數型擴增 該C_探針。 環形恆溫擴增(LAMP)提供高選擇性,其採用DNA聚 合酶及一組經特別設計之四個引子,該等引子可辨識標靶 DN A上共6個不同之序列。包含標靶DNA之正義及反義 股序列之內引子啓動LAMP。隨後由外引子啓動之股取代 DNA合成釋放單股DNA。此單股DNA可作爲由第二內引 子及外引子啓動之DNA合成的模板,該第二內引子及外 引子係與標靶之另一端雜交,該DNA合成產生莖環 (stem-loop) DNA結構。在後續之LAMP循環中,一個內 引子與產物上之環雜交並啓動取代性DNA合成,產生原 始之莖環DNA及具有兩倍長之莖的新莖環DNA。該循環 反應在一個小時以內持續累積1 0 9份標靶拷貝。最終產物 爲具有數個該標靶之反向重複子及菜花狀結構之莖環 DNA’該菜花狀結構中之多個環係因同一股中交替反向之 標靶重複子互相黏連而形成。 完成核酸擴增後’必須分析該擴增產物以測定是否產 生預期之擴增子(標靶核酸之擴增量)。分析產物之方法可 從簡單地透過凝膠電泳測定該擴增子之大小,到利用 DNA雜交以鑑定該擴增子之核苷酸組成。 凝膠電泳係檢查核酸擴增方法是否產生預期之擴增子 最簡單的方法。凝膠電泳利用施加於凝膠基質之電場以分 離DNA片段。帶負電之DNA片段將以不同速度在基質中 "14- 201219770 移動,該速度主要取決於片段大小。電泳完成後’將凝膠 中之片段染色以使其可視化。溴化乙錠係常用之染劑’其 在紫外光下顯現出螢光》 片段之大小係藉由與DNA尺寸標記(DNA ladder)比 較來測定,該等標記含有已知大小之DNA片段且在凝膠 上與擴增子並排泳行。由於寡核苷酸引子與毗鄰標靶 DNA之特定位點結合,因此擴增產物之大小可被預測及 檢測爲凝膠上已知大小之帶。爲了確定該擴增子之正確 性,或者若產生數個擴增子,則通常採用與擴增子雜交之 DNA探針。 DNA雜交係指藉由互補鹼基配對形成雙股DNA。用 於明確辨識特定擴增產物之DNA雜交需要使用長度約20 個核苷酸之DNA探針。若探針具有與擴增子(標靶)DN A 序列互補之序列,雜交將可在適當溫度、pH値和離子濃 度之條件下發生。若發生雜交,則該受到關注之基因或 DNA序列存在於原始樣本中。 光學檢測係最常用於偵測雜交之方法。擴增子及探針 中之一者係經螢光劑或電化學發光劑之標示以發射光。這 些方法之差異在於使光產生基團產生激發狀態之裝置,但 二者均可用於共價標示核苷酸股。就電化學發光(ECL)而 言,光係由電流刺激發光基團分子或複合物產生。以螢光 而言,其係受到激發光之照射而導致發射光。 螢光係利用發光源及偵測單位加以偵測,該發光源提 供由該螢光分子吸收之波長的激發光。該偵測單位包括一 -15- 201219770 個偵測發射信號之光感測器(諸如光電倍增管或電荷耦合 裝置(CCD)陣列)及防止激發光被包含在光感測器輸出之裝 置(諸如波長選擇過濾器)。該螢光分子發射斯托克斯位移 (Stokes shifted)光以回應激發光,此發射之光則由偵測單 位收集。斯托克斯位移係發射光與被吸收之激發光之間的 頻率差異或波長差異。 ECL發射係利用光感測器檢測,該感應器對於所使用 之ECL物種的發射波長具敏感性。例如,過渡金屬-配體 複合物發射可視波長之光,因此習用之光電二極體和 CCD可被用來作爲光感測器。ECL的一項優點在於,若 遮蔽環境光線,ECL之發射光即爲檢測系統中之唯一光 線,因此增進敏感性。 微陣列能讓數以百千計之DNA雜交試驗得以同時進 行。微陣列係強大之分子診斷工具,其可在單一試驗中篩 選數千種基因疾病或檢測眾多感染性病原體之存在。微陣 列係由許多不同的DNA探針所組成,該等探針經固定爲 受質上之點。首先將標靶DNA (擴增子)以螢光或發光分 子標示(不論在核酸擴增期間亦或在核酸擴增之後),接著 施用標靶DNA至探針微陣列。該微陣列係於溫度控制、 潮濕環境中培養數小時或數天以使探針及擴增子之間發生 雜交。在培養後,微陣列必須經一系列緩衝液清洗以移除 未結合之股。待清洗後即用氣流(通常爲氮氣)乾燥微陣列 表面。雜交及清洗之嚴謹度至關重要。嚴謹度不足可能導 致高度非特異性結合。嚴謹度過高可能導致無法適當結 -16- 201219770 合,造成敏感性降低。雜交係藉由檢測與互補探針形成雜 交物之標示擴增子所發射之光加以識別。 來自微陣列之螢光係利用微陣列掃描器檢測,掃描器 通常是由電腦控制之倒立掃描式螢光共軛焦顯微鏡,該顯 微鏡通常使用雷射激發螢光染劑及光感測器(諸如光電倍 增管或CCD)檢測該發射信號。螢光分子發射斯托克斯位 移光(如上所述),該光係由檢測單元收集。 該發射之螢光必須經過收集、與未吸收之激發波長分 開並傳輸至檢測器。在微陣列掃描器中,通常使用裝設在 影像面之共軛焦針孔光圈的共軛焦配置以消除非聚焦(out-of-focus)之資訊。此裝置使得只有聚焦部分之光會被檢 測。來自目標之聚焦面以上及以下的光無法進入檢測器, 因此提高信噪比。該經檢測之螢光光子被檢測器轉換成電 能,接著再被轉換成數位信號。此數位信號轉譯成數字, 該數字代表來自給定像素之螢光的強度。陣列之每項特徵 係由一或多個該等像素組成。掃描之最終結果係陣列表面 之影像。由於在微陣列上之每種探針之確切序列及位置係 已知的,因此可同時辨識及分析與之雜交之標靶序列。 有關螢光探針之更多資訊請見: http://www.premierbiosoft.com/tech_notes/FRET_probe.html 及 http://www.invitrogen.com/site/us/en/home/ References/Molecular-Probes-The-Handbook/Technical-Notes-and-Product-Highlights/Fluorescence-Resonance-Energy-T ran sfer -FRET.html -17- 201219770 就地照護(POINT-OF-CARE)分子診斷 雖然分子診斷試驗提供許多好處,但是此類檢測在臨 床實驗室之成長仍較預期的緩慢,還不是實驗室醫學檢驗 之主流。這主要是因爲相較於不涉及核酸方法之檢測而 言,核酸檢測導致較高之複雜性及成本。在臨床環境中廣 泛地採用分子診斷檢驗係與儀器設備之發展密切相關,該 儀器設備必須能顯著降低成本、提供自始(樣本處理)至終 (產生結果)快速及自動化之分析,且不須大幅人力干預之 運作。 就地照護技術可在醫師辦公室、醫院床側或甚至以消 費者爲主之居家環境提供照護,此技術可提供許多優點包 括: -快速獲得結果,以便立即採取治療及改善照護品質 -可自非常少量之樣本檢驗獲得實驗室數値 -減少臨床工作量 -減少實驗室工作量及藉由減少行政工作以增進辦公 室效率 -經由減少住院天數、門診病患可在初診時得到確診 及減少樣本之處理、儲存及運送而改善每位病患成 本 -有助於臨床管理決策諸如感染控制及抗生素使用 以晶片上實驗室(LOC)爲基之分子診斷 -18- 201219770 以微流體技術爲基礎之分子診斷系統提供可自動化及 加速分子診斷分析之裝置。較短之檢測時間主要是因爲所 需之樣本體積極少、自動化及在微流體裝置內之低開銷內 置級聯式之診斷方法步驟。以奈升及微升爲規模之體積亦 減少試劑消耗及成本。晶片上實驗室(LOC)裝置係常見之 微流體裝置形式。LOC裝置具有在MST層內之MST結構 以用於將流體處理整合至單一支持受質(通常爲矽)上。利 用半導體產業之VLSI (超大型積體電路)微影技術製造使 各LOC裝置之單位成本非常低廉。然而,控制流體流經 LOC裝置、添加試劑、控制反應條件等等需要大型之外部 水電工程裝置。連接LOC裝置至這些外部裝置大幅地限 制LOC裝置之分子診斷用途於實驗室環境中。外部儀器 之費用及其操作複雜性排除以LOC爲基之分子診斷作爲 就地照護環境中之選擇。 有鑑於此,需要可供就地照護使用之以LOC裝置爲 基之分子診斷系統。 【發明內容】 本發明之各種態樣現由下列編號段落說明。 GAS070.1 本發明之此態樣提供一種測試模組, 其包含: 外殼,該外殻具有接受生物樣品之容器; 激發源,該激發源設置於外殼以利用不同波長之光連 續照射該生物樣品;及 -19- 201219770 光感測器,該光感測器係位於可檢測穿透該生物樣品 之不同波長光之處:其中當使用時, 該光感測器輸出之信號被用於產生分析該生物樣品之 特徵之光譜。 GAS070.2 較佳地,該激發源係發射不同波長之 光的發光二極體(LED)陣列,且該等LED係經配置以供連 續活化。 GAS070.3 較佳地,該外殻係經配置以供手持移 動。 GAS 070.4 較佳地,該測試模組亦具有資料連接 以傳送光感測器之輸出信號至外部裝置。 GAS070.5 較佳地,該資料連接係連接至外部裝 置之電連接,該測試模組係經配置以經電連接自外部裝置 取電。 GAS070.6 較佳地,該電連接係供插入外部裝置 之通用性串列匯流排(USB)埠之USB接頭。 GAS070.7 較佳地,該測試模組亦具有與容器流 體相通之晶片上實驗室(LOC)裝置,該LOC裝置具有經配 置以自容器藉由毛細驅動流塡充生物樣品之室陣列。 GAS070.8 較佳地,該光感測器係倂入該LOC裝 置之中且位於鄰近室陣列之處。 GAS070.9 較佳地,該LOC裝置具有支持基板及 位於支持基板上之CMOS電路,該CMOS電路倂有光感 測器及一系列與USB接頭連接之銲墊。 •20- 201219770 GAS070. 1 〇 較佳地,該CMOS電路具有經由銲墊 控制LED陣列活化之LED驅動器 GAS 070.il 光電二極體陣列 GAS 070.1 2 LED陣列之光窗 G AS070.1 3 GAS070.1 4 較佳地,該光感測器係對準室陣列之 較佳地,各室具有暴露生物樣品至 較佳地,該生物樣品係血液。 較佳地,該被分析之特徵係血糖含 GAS 070.1 5 較佳地,該測試模組亦具有在各個光 電二極體陽極和電壓源之間之分流電晶體,該分流電晶體 係經配置以移除在光電二極體中因吸收激發光之光子所產 生之載波。 GAS 070.1 6 較佳地,該分流電晶體係經配置以在 各個LED去活化時活化。 GAS 070.1 7 較佳地,該CMOS電路具有記憶儲存 識別資料以供外部裝置識別該測試模組。 GAS 070.1 8 較佳地,該光電二極體陣列距離雜交 室陣列小於249微米。 該易於使用、可大量生產、不貴又輕巧之微流體測試 模組接受樣品、利用一體化離散光譜儀之整合影像感應器 及多重LED光源分析該樣品’並在彼之輸出埠提供電子 結果。 -21 - 201219770 【實施方式】 總論 此總論指明倂有本發明之實施態樣之分子診斷系統之 主要組件。系統結構及操作之完整細節於以下說明書中討 論。 參照圖1、2、3、98及99,系統具有下列最重要的 組件: 測試模組】〇及1 1之大小如同普通之U S B隨身碟, 其可被非常便宜地生產。測試模組1 0及1 1各包含通常爲 晶片上實驗室(LOC)裝置30形式之微流體裝置,該裝置預 載試劑及通常1〇〇〇個以上之探針以用於分子診斷分析(見 圖1及9 8)。圖1槪示之測試模組1 0使用螢光基底之偵 測技術以識別目標分子,然而圖98之測試模組1 1使用電 化學發光基底之偵測技術。LOC裝置30具有用於螢光或 電化學發光檢測之整合式光感測器44(於以下詳細描述)。 測試模組1 〇及1 1均使用標準微型-U S B接頭1 4以供電、 資料及控制,二種測試模組均具有印刷電路板(PCB) 57及 外部電源供應電容器3 2及電感器1 5。測試模組1 〇及1 1 均爲僅供單次使用,經大量生產及配銷爲可立即使用之無 菌包裝。 外殻13具有可接受生物樣品之大容器24及可移除之 無菌密封膠帶22,該膠帶較佳地具有低黏度黏著劑,以 於使用前覆蓋大容器。具有膜防護件410之膜密封件 -22- 201219770 形成部份外殼1 3以減少測試模組內之濕度降低,同時在 小氣壓變動時提供釋壓作用。膜防護件4 1 0保護膜密封件 4 0 8免於損傷。 測試模組閱讀器1 2經由微型-USB埠1 6供電給測試 模組1 〇或1 1。測試模組閱讀器1 2可爲許多不同形式, 該形式之選擇於後描述。圖1、3及98中所示之閱讀器 1 2版本爲智慧型手機之實施態樣。此閱讀器1 2之方塊圖 係示於圖3。處理器42執行來自程式儲存器43的應用軟 體。處理器42亦與顯示螢幕18及使用者界面(UI)觸控螢 幕1 7及按鍵1 9、蜂巢式無線電2 1、無線網路連接2 3, 以及衛星導航系統25介接。蜂巢式無線電2 1及無線網路 連接2 3係用於通訊。衛星導航系統2 5係用於以地點資料 更新流行病學資料庫。該地點資料可選擇性地經由觸控螢 幕17或按鍵19手動輸入。資料儲存器27儲存基因及診 斷資訊、測試結果、患者資訊、用於識別各探針及彼之陣 列位置之分析及探針資料。資料儲存器27及程式儲存器 43可共享於共同記憶體設備。測試模組閱讀器1 2中安裝 的應用軟體提供結果分析與其他測試及診斷資訊。 要進行診斷測試時,將測試模組1 〇(或測試模組1 1 ) 插入至測試模組閱讀器1 2上的微型-U S B埠1 6。向後撕 起.無菌密封膠帶22並將生物樣品(呈液體形式)裝載至樣 品大容器24中。按下開始按鍵20經由應用軟體開始測 試。樣品流進LOC裝置3 0而該裝置之機載分析對該樣品 進行萃取 '培養、擴增及以預合成的雜交-反應性寡核苷 -23- 201219770 酸探針與該樣品核酸(標靶)雜交。以測試模組1 〇而言(其 使用螢光基底之檢測),該等探針係經螢光標記且由安裝 於殻13中之LED 26提供必要之激發光以誘發經雜交之 探針的螢光發射(見圖1及2)。以測試模組1 1而言(其使 用電化學發光(ECL)檢測),LOC裝置30裝載ECL探針 (如上述)而LED 26並非產生發光發射所必需。事實上由 電極860及870提供激發電流(見圖99)。該發射(螢光或 發光)係由整合至各LOC裝置之CMOS電路的光感測器44 檢測。該檢測信號經過放大,並轉換成數位輸出以供測試 模組閱讀器1 2分析。該閱讀器接著顯示結果。 該資料可在當地儲存及/或上傳至包含病患記錄之網 路伺服器。將測試模組1 0或1 1自測試模組閱讀器1 2移 除並加以適當處理。 圖1 ' 3及9 8顯示設計成行動電話/智慧型手機2 8之 測試模組閱讀器1 2。其他形式之測試模組閱讀器可爲膝 上型電腦/筆電101、專用閱讀器103、電子書閱讀器 1〇7 '平板電腦109或桌上型電腦1〇5以用於醫院、私人 診所或實驗室(見圖100)。該閱讀器可介接一些額外之應 用程式’諸如病患記錄、帳務、線上資料庫及多使用者環 境。其亦可與一些當地或遠端周邊設備介接,諸如印表機 及病患智慧卡。 參照圖1 0 1 ’由測試模組1 〇產生之資料可透過閱讀 器1 2及網路1 2 5用於更新流行病學資料主機系統丨丨丨所 儲存之流行病學資料庫、基因資料主機系統丨〗3所儲存之 -24- 201219770 基因資料庫、電子化健康記錄(EHR)主機系統1 1 5所儲存 之電子化健康記錄、電子化醫療記錄(EMR)主機系統121 所儲存之電子化醫療記錄,以及個人健康記錄(PHR)主機 系統1 2 3所儲存之個人健康記錄。相反地,在流行病學資 料主機系統1 1 1所儲存之流行病學資料、在基因資料主機 系統1 13所儲存之基因資料、在電子化健康記錄(EHR)主 機系統1 1 5所儲存之電子化健康記錄、在電子化醫療記錄 (EMR)主機系統121所儲存之電子化醫療記錄,以及在個 人健康記錄(PHR)主機系統123所儲存之個人健康記錄可 被用於經由網路125及閱讀器12以更新測試模組1〇之 LOC 30中的數位記憶。 參照圖1、2、9 8及99,行動電話組態中之閱讀器1 2 使用電池電力。該行動電話閱讀器包含所有預載之測試及 診斷資訊。資料亦可經由一些無線或接觸界面下載或上傳 以致能與週邊裝置、電腦或線上伺服器通訊。微型USB 埠1 6被用於連接電腦或主要電力供應以供電池充電。 圖70顯示用於僅需要特定標靶之陽性或陰性測試結 果之測試模組1 0的實施態樣,諸如用於測試人是否受到 例如A型流行性感冒病毒H1N1之感染。只需要爲特定目 的建造之僅USB電力/指示器模組47。不需要其他閱讀器 或應用軟體。在僅USB電力/指示器模組47上之指示器 45顯不陽性或陰性結果。此組態非常適合大量飾檢。 其他該系統可能提供之物件可包括含有供預處理特定 樣品之試劑的試管及用於樣品收集之抹刀及刺血針。圖 -25- 201219770 7〇顯示爲求方便而倂有加載彈簧之伸縮式刺血針3 90及 刺血針釋放鍵3 92之測試模組的實施態樣。衛星電話可於 偏遠地區使用。 測試模組電子學 圖2和99分別爲測試模組1 0和11中之電子組件的 方塊圖。整合於LOC裝置30中之CMOS電路具有USB 裝置驅動器36、控制器34、USB相容性LED驅動器29、 時鐘3 3、電源調節器3 1、RAM 3 8和程式及資料快閃記憶 體40。這些組件提供對整個測試模組1 0或1 1包括光感 測器44、溫度感測器1 70、液體感測器1 74和各種加熱器 152、154、182、234以及相關驅動器37及39和暫存器 35及41之控制及記憶。只有LED 26 (以測試模組10爲 例)、外部電源電容器32和微型USB接頭14位在LOC裝 置3 0外部。LOC裝置3 0包括用於與這些外部組件連接之 銲墊。RAM 3 8和程式及資料快閃記憶體40具有超過 1 000個探針之應用軟體和診斷及測試資訊(快閃/保全儲 存,例如經由加密)。在經設計以供ECL檢測之測試模組 1 1中,該測試模組1 1不含LED 26 (見圖98和99) »資料 係由LOC裝置30加密以供保全儲存及與外部裝置安全通 訊。該LOC裝置30裝載有電化學發光探針,該等雜交室 各具有一對ECL激發電極860和870。 許多類型之測試模組1 0係經製造爲數種測試形式以 供現貨之用。不同試驗形式之間的差異在於機載分析(on -26 - 201219770 board assay)之試劑和探針。 可利用此系統快速鑑識之一些感染性疾病實例包括: •流行性感冒-流行性感冒病毒A、B、C、傳染性鮭 魚貧血病毒(Isavirus)、托高土病毒(Thogotovirus) •肺炎-呼吸道融合病毒(RSV)、腺病毒、間質肺炎病 毒、肺炎雙球菌、金黃色葡萄球菌 •結核病-結核分枝桿菌、牛型分枝桿菌、非洲分枝 桿菌、卡氏分枝桿菌和田鼠分枝桿菌 •惡性瘧原蟲、弓漿蟲和其他寄生性原蟲病 •傷寒-傷寒桿菌 •依波拉病毒 •人類免疫不全病毒(HIV) •登革熱-黃熱病毒 •肝炎(A到E) •醫源性感染-例如難養芽孢梭菌、抗萬古黴素腸球 菌以及抗藥性金黃色葡萄球菌 •單純皰疹病毒(HSV) •巨細胞病毒(CMV) •愛彼斯坦-巴爾病毒(EBV) •腦炎-日本腦炎病毒、章地埔拉病毒 •百日咳-百日咳菌 •麻疹-副黏液病毒 •腦膜炎-肺炎鏈球菌和腦膜炎奈瑟球菌(Neisseria meningitidis) -27- 201219770 •炭疽病-炭疽桿菌 可利用此系統鑑識之一些基因疾病實例包括: •囊腫性纖維化 •血友病 •鐮狀細胞貧血病 •黑矇性白癡病 •血色素沉著症 •腦動脈病 •克隆氏病 •多囊性腎臟病 •先天性心臟病 •蕾特氏症 由該診斷系統鑑別之少數癌症實例包括: •卵巢癌 •結腸癌 •多發性內分泌腫瘤 •視網膜胚細胞瘤 •透克氏症(Turcot syndrome) 上述清單並不完整,該診斷系統可經組態以利用核酸 和蛋白質體分析來檢測更多樣化之疾病及狀況。 系統組件之詳細結構 LOC裝置 L0C裝置30係該診斷系統之核心。該裝置在微流體 -28- 201219770 平台上快速地進行核酸基底分子診斷分析之四個主要步 驟’即樣品準備、核酸萃取、核酸擴增和檢測。該LO C 裝置亦具有選擇性用途,並將詳述於下。如上述討論,測 試模組1 0及1 1可採取許多不同組態以檢測不同的標靶。 同樣地,LOC裝置3 0亦可針對所關注之標靶以打造各種 不同之實施例。其中一種形式之LOC裝置30係用於螢光 檢測全血樣品中之病原體的標靶核酸序列之 LOC裝置 3〇1。爲了闇述之目的,LOC裝置301的結構和操作現參 照圖4至26及27至57加以詳細說明。 圖4係LOC裝置301之結構之代表圖式。爲了方便 起見,顯示於圖4的處理階段係以相應於實施該處理階段 之LOC裝置301的功能部之元件符號表示。與核酸基底 分子診斷分析之各個主要步驟有關的處理階段亦被顯示: 樣品輸入及製備288、萃取290、培養291、擴增292及 檢測294。LOC裝置301之各種貯器、室、閥及其他組件 將於以下更仔細的描述。 圖5係LOC裝置301之透視圖。該裝置係利用高容 積CMOS和MST(微系統技術)製造技術製造。LOC裝置 30 1之分層構造係以圖1 2之示意性(非按比例)部分剖面圖 闡述。該LOC裝置301具有支持COMS + MST晶片48之 矽基板84,該晶片包含CMOS電路86和MST層87並有 覆蓋MST層87之上蓋46。爲了本專利說明書之目的, 術語「MST層」係指以各種試劑處理樣品之結構和層之集 合。因此,這些結構和組件係經配置以定義具有特徵尺寸 -29- 201219770 之流動路徑,該特徵尺寸將支持以毛細作用驅動與處理 段之樣品的物理特性類似之液體的流動。有鑑於此, MST層和組件通常利用表面微機械加工技術及/或立體 機械加工技術製造。然而,其他製造方法亦可生產尺寸 用於毛細驅動流及處理非常少量樣品之結構和組件。在 說明書中描述之特定實施例顯示該MST層係由CMOS 路86所支持之結構及主動組件,但不具有上蓋46之 徵。然而,熟此技藝者將理解該MST層不需要其下 CMOS或甚至其上之上蓋即可處理樣品。 顯示於下列圖式之LOC裝置的整體尺寸爲1 760微 X5824微米。當然,爲不同應用所製造之LOC裝置可具 不同的尺寸。 圖6顯示MST層87之特徵,其與上蓋之特徵重疊 顯示於圖6中之AA至AD、AG及AH區分別放大於 1 3、1 4、3 5、5 6、5 5及6 3,並於以下詳細說明以充分 解該LOC裝置301內之各個結構。圖7至10獨立顯示 蓋46之特徵,而圖11獨立顯示CMOS + MST裝置48之 構。 分層結構 圖12和22以圖解說明CMOS + MST裝置48、上蓋 及二者之間流體交互作用之分層結構。該些圖式爲了闡 之目的而未依比例繪製。圖1 2爲通過樣品入口 6 8之截 示意圖,圖22爲通過貯器54之截面示意圖。圖12清 階 該 微 適 本 電 特 之 米 有 〇 圖 了 上 結 46 述 面 楚 -30- 201219770 顯示,CMOS+ MST裝置48具有支持CMOS電路86之矽 基板84,該CMOS電路86操作其上之MST層87內之主 動元件。鈍化層8 8密封及保護C Μ Ο S層8 6以免流經 MST層87之液體流入。 液體分別流經上蓋層46及MST通道層100中之上蓋 通道94及MST通道90兩者(見例如圖7及16)。細胞輸 送發生在製造於上蓋46中之較大通道94,而生化處理則 在較小之MST通道90進行。細胞輸送通道之大小係經設 計以便能輸送樣品中之細胞至MST通道90中之預定部 位。輸送大於20微米之細胞(例如某些白血球)需要大於 20微米之通道尺寸,因此橫越液流之截面積必須大於400 平方微米。MST通道特別是在不需要輸送細胞之L〇c中 之位置可以顯著地較小。 將理解的是’上蓋通道94和MST通道90爲通稱, 特定MST通道90亦可因其特定功能而被稱爲(例如)加熱 微通道或透析MST通道。MST通道90係藉由蝕刻沉積在 鈍化層88上之MST通道層1〇〇形成,並由光阻劑形成圖 案。該MST通道90被頂部層66封閉,該頂部層形成 CMOS + MST裝置48之頂部(如圖式方向所示)。 雖然有時以分開之層顯示,但該上蓋通道層8〇和貯 器層78係由單一材料片形成。當然,該片材料亦可爲非 單一性。該片材料之兩面被蝕刻以形成上蓋通道層8 〇與 貯器層78,在上蓋通道層80中蝕刻出上蓋通道94,在貯 器層78中蝕刻出貯器54、56、58、60和62。或者,导 -31 - 201219770 貯器和上蓋通道係由微模塑法形成。蝕刻和微模塑技術皆 被用來製造具有橫越流體之截面積最大20,000平方微米 且最小8平方微米之通道。 針對LOC裝置中之不同位置,可以選擇各種適當之 橫越流體之通道截面積。當通道中容納大量樣品或具有大 組分之樣品時,最大20,000平方微米之截面積(例如在厚 度100微米之層中寬度爲200微米之通道)係爲適當’。當 通道中容納少量液體或無大細胞存在之混合物時,較佳之 橫越流體之截面積係非常小。 下密封層64封閉上蓋通道94,上密封層82封閉貯 器 54 、 56 、 58 、 60 和 62 。 五個貯器54、56、58、60和62預載特定分析之試 劑》於此描述之實施例中,該等貯器預載下列試劑,但可 輕易地更換爲其他試劑: •貯器54 :抗凝血劑,選擇性包括紅血球溶胞液 •貯器5 6 :溶胞試劑 •貯器5 8 :限制酶、接合酶和連接子(用於連接子引 發 PCR (見圖 69,節錄自 T. Stachan et al., Human Molecular Genetics 2, Garland Science, NY and London, 1999)) •貯器60 :擴增混合物(dNTP、引子、緩衝液),及 •貯器62 : DNA聚合酶。 上蓋46和CMOS + MST層48經由在下密封64和頂部 層66中之對應開口呈流體相通。這些開口根據流體係自 -32- 201219770 MST通道90流至上蓋通道94或相反而被稱爲上升口 96 及下降口 92。 LOC裝置操作 LOC裝置301之操作以血液樣品中致病性DNA之分 析爲例逐步描述於下。當然,其他類型之生物或非生物流 體亦可利用適當之試劑、試驗規程、LOC變體和檢測系統 之組,或組合加以分析。參考圖4,分析生物樣品主要分成 五個步驟,包含樣品輸入及製備2 8 8、核酸萃取290、核 酸培養291、核酸擴增292和檢測及分析294。 樣品輸入及製備步驟2 8 8涉及混合血液與抗凝血劑 116,接著在病原體透析部70分離病原體與白血球及紅血 球。如圖7及1 2所清楚顯示,血液樣品經由樣品入口 68 進入裝置。毛細作用吸引該血液樣品沿著上蓋通道94到 達貯器54。當樣品血液流開啓貯器54之表面張力閥1 1 8 時,抗凝血劑自貯器54釋出(見圖15和22)。抗凝血劑防 止血塊形成以免阻礙流動。 如圖22最佳顯示,抗凝血劑1 1 6係藉由毛細作用自 貯器54吸出及經由下降口 92進入MST通道90。下降口 92具有毛細起始特徵(CIF) 1〇2以控制彎液面之幾何形狀 以使彎液面不固定在下降口 92之邊緣。在上密封層82之 通氣孔1 22能讓空氣取代自貯器54被吸出之抗凝血劑 116° 圖22所示之MS T通道90爲表面張力閥118之一部 -33- 201219770 分。抗凝血劑116充滿表面張力閥118,並固定彎液面 120於上升口 96之彎液面錨定器98。在使用前,彎液面 120保持固定於上升口 96處,因此抗凝血劑不會流入上 蓋通道94。當血液流經上蓋通道94到達上升口 96時, 該彎液面1 20被移除並將抗凝血劑吸入液流中。 圖15至21顯不AE區’該AE區係圖13所不之AA 區之一部分。如圖15、16和17所示,表面張力閥118具 有三個分開之MST通道90,這些通道延伸於各別之下降 口 92及上升口 96之間。在表面張力閥中之MST通道90 之數目可以不同以改變試劑進入樣品混合物之流速。當樣 品混合物和試劑係藉由擴散混合時,流出貯器之流速決定 試劑在樣品流中之濃度。因此,各貯器之表面張力閥係經 配置以符合所需之試劑濃度。 血液進入病原體透析部70(見圖4和15),該處利用 根據預定閥値制定大小之孔陣列1 64自樣品濃縮標靶細 胞。小於閥値之細胞通過該孔,而大細胞不能通過該孔。 非所欲之細胞不是被孔陣列I 64阻擋之較大細胞就是通過 該孔之較小細胞,它們被轉導至廢料單元76,然而標靶 細胞仍爲分析之一部分。 在此處描述之病原體透析部70中,來自全血樣品之 病原體係經濃縮以供微生物DNA分析。孔陣列係由眾多 3微米直徑之孔164形成,該孔流體連通上蓋通道94中 之輸入流至標靶通道74。該3微米直徑之孔164和標靶 通道74中之透析上升孔168係由一系列透析MST通道 -34- 201219770 204連接(最佳顯示於圖15和21)。病原體之體積很小, 因此可通過3微米直徑之孔164並經由透析MST通道 204充滿標靶通道74。大於3微米之細胞諸如紅血球和白 血球留在上蓋46之廢料通道72中,該廢料通道通向廢料 貯器76(見圖7)。 可利用其他孔形狀、大小和長寬比以分離特定病原體 或其他標靶細胞,諸如用於人DNA分析之白血球。有關 透析部和透析變體之詳細說明於後提供。 再次參照圖6和7,流體被吸入通過標靶通道74而 到達溶胞試劑貯器56之表面張力閥128。表面張力閥128 具有七個MST通道90,該等通道延伸於溶胞試劑貯器56 和標靶通道74之間。當彎液面被樣品流移除時,來自所 有七個MST通道90之流速將大於來自抗凝血劑貯器54 之流速,其中貯器54之表面張力閥118具有三個MST通 道90(假設該些液體之物理特性爲大致相等)。因此溶胞試 劑於樣品混合物中之比例係大於抗凝血劑於樣品混合物中 之比例。 溶胞試劑和標靶細胞在化學溶胞部130內之標靶通道 74中藉由擴散混合。沸騰啓動閥1 2 6停止該液流,直到 經過足以發生擴散和溶胞之時間,以使基因物質自該標靶 細胞釋放(見圖6和7)。沸騰啓動閥之結構和操作參考圖 31和32於下詳細描述。其他主動閥類型(與像是表面張 力閥118之被動閥相反)亦已由申請人開發,該些其他類 型之主動閥可被用於此處以取代沸騰啓動閥。這些替代閥 -35- 201219770 設計亦描述於下。 當沸騰啓動閥1 26打開時,經溶胞之細胞流入混合部 1 3 1以進行擴增前之限制酶剪切以及連接子接合。 參考圖1 3,當流體移除在混合部1 3 1起始處之表面 張力閥1 3 2之彎液面時,限制酶、連接子和接合酶自貯器 5 8釋放。該混合物流經混合部1 3 1之長度以擴散混合。 混合部131之末端爲通向培養部114之培養器入口通道 133的下降口 134 (見圖13)。該培養器入口通道133將混 合物饋入呈彎繞配置之加熱微通道210,該微通道提供在 限制酶剪切以及連接子接合期間用來容納樣品之培養室 (見圖13及14)。 圖 23、24、25、26、27、28 及 29 顯示 LOC 裝置 301 在圖6之AB區內之層。各圖顯示連續鹽加(addition)之層 以形成CMOS + MST層48和上蓋46之結構。AB區顯示培 養部1 1 4之終點和擴增部1 1 2之起點。如圖1 4及2 3最佳 顯示’流體充滿培養部1 1 4之微通道2 1 0直到抵達沸騰啓 動閥1 〇6,流體停在該處以令擴散發生。如上討論,在沸 騰啓動閥1 06上游之微通道2 1 0成爲含有樣品、限制酶、 接合酶和連接子之培養室。加熱器丨54接著啓動並於一段 特定時間維持穩定溫度以使限制酶剪切和連接子接合發 生。 熟此技藝者將理解此培養步驟29 1 (見圖4)係可任選 的’僅爲一些核酸擴增分析類型所需。另外在一些例子 中’可能需要在培養期結束時提供加熱步驟以使溫度急升 -36- 201219770 至培養溫度以上。該溫度急升會使限制酶和接合酶在進入 擴增部112前去活。去活限制酶和接合酶對於採用等溫核 酸擴增時特別重要。 在培養後’沸騰啓動閥1 06被啓動(打開)並使流體繼 續進入擴增部112。參考圖31及32,該混合物充滿呈彎 繞配置之加熱微通道1 5 8直到到達沸騰啓動閥1 〇 8,該微 通道形成一或更多擴增室。如圖30之剖面示意圖清楚顯 示,擴增混合物(dNTP '引子 '緩衝液)自貯器60釋放及 聚合酶接著自貯器62釋放而進入連接培養部和擴增部(分 別爲1 Μ及1 12)之中間MST通道212。 圖35至51顯示LOC裝置301在圖6之AC區內之 層。各圖顯示連續疊加(addition)之層以形成CMOS+MST 裝置48和上蓋46之結構。AC區係擴增部1 12之終點和 雜交及檢測部52之起點。該經培養之樣品、擴增混合物 和聚合酶流經微通道1 5 8到達沸騰啓動閥1 08。在經足夠 時間之擴散混合後,在微通道158中之加熱器154被啓動 以進行熱循環或等溫擴增。該擴增混合物經歷預定次數的 熱循環或預設之擴增時間以擴增足夠之標靶DNA。在核 酸擴增程序之後,沸騰啓動閥1 08打開且流體繼續進入雜 交及檢測部52。沸騰啓動閥之操作於下詳加描述。 如圖52所示,該雜交及檢測部52具有雜交室陣列 1 1 0。圖5 2、5 3、5 4及5 6詳細顯示雜交室陣列1 1 0和單 —雜交室180。在雜交室180之入口設有擴散屏障175, 其可防止標靶核酸、探針股和經雜交之探針在雜交期間於 -37- 201219770 雜交室1 8 0之間擴散,以防止錯誤的雜交檢測結果。擴散 屏障1 7 5代表長度夠長之流動路徑,以防止標靶序列和探 針在該探針和核酸雜交及訊號被檢測所需之時間內擴散出 一室且污染另一室,因此避免錯誤結果。 另一防止錯誤結果之機制是在多個雜交室中含有相同 探針。CMOS電路86自對應於包含相同探針之雜交室180 的光電二極體1 8 4導出單一結果。在推導單一結果時,異 常結果可被忽略或給予不同權重。 雜交所需之熱能係由CMOS控制之加熱器182提供 (於下詳加描述)》在啓動加熱器後,雜交發生於互補之標 靶-探針序列之間。CMOS電路86中之LED驅動器29傳 送訊息給位於測試模組〗〇中之LED 26以使之發光。這 些探針僅於雜交發生時發出螢光,因此省略爲了移除未結 合之股通常所需之清洗和乾燥步驟。雜交強制FRET探針 186之莖環結構打開,這使得螢光團得以回應LED激發光 而發射螢光能量,於下詳加描述。螢光係由位於各雜交室 U0下方之CMOS電路86中之光電二極體184所檢測(見 以下關於雜交室之說明)。用於所有雜交室之光電二極體 184及相關之電子裝置共同形成光感測器44 (見圖64)。 在其他實施例,光感測器可爲電荷耦合裝置之陣列(CCD 陣列)。該來自光電二極體1 84之檢測信號經過放大,並 轉換成數位輸出以供測試模組閱讀器1 2分析。檢測方法 之進一步細節係描述於下。 -38- 201219770 LOC裝置之其他詳細說明 模組化設計 LOC裝置3〇1具有許多功能部(包括試劑貯器54、 56、58、60及62、透析部70、溶胞部130、培養部114 及擴增部1 1 2)、閥類型、增濕器及溼度感測器。於其他 實施態樣之LOC裝置中,這些功能部可被省略,然可增 加另外的功能部或該等功能部可被用於與上述不同之用 途。 舉例來說,培養部114可被用來作爲串聯擴增分析系 統之第一擴增部11 2,且該化學溶胞試劑貯器56被用來 添加第一擴增之引子' dNTP及緩衝液之混合物,及試劑 貯器58被用來添加反轉錄酶及/或聚合酶。若樣品需進行 化學溶胞,亦可在貯器5 6中加入化學溶胞試劑(連同擴增 混合物)’或替代性地,可藉由加熱樣品一段預定的時間 以在培養部中發生熱溶胞。在一些實施態樣中,若需要化 學溶胞並且希望使化學溶胞試劑與引子、dNTP及緩衝液 之混合物分開,可在緊鄰該混合物之貯器58之上游處倂 入額外貯器。 於一些情況中可能希望省略步驟,諸如培養步驟 29 1 °於此情況中,可特別製造l〇C裝置以免去試劑貯器 58及培養部114,或可簡單地不在該貯器裝載試劑,或者 若存有主動閥時,該主動閥不被啓動以釋放試劑至樣品流 中’因此該培養部就變成僅將樣品自溶胞部丨30傳送至擴 增部112之通道。加熱器係可獨立操作,因此當反應仰賴 -39 - 201219770 加熱時’諸如熱溶胞反應,設定加熱器不於此步驟期間啓 動可確保熱溶胞不會發生在不需熱溶胞之LOC裝置中。 透析部7 0可位於如圖4所示之微流體裝置內之流體系統 之起點’或可位於該微流體裝置內之任何其他位置。舉例 來說’在一些情況下,於擴增階段2 92之後透析以在雜交 及檢測步驟2 9 4之前移除細胞碎片可能有利。或者,可於 LOC裝置中之任何位置倂入二或多個透析部。同樣地,有 可能倂入額外之擴增部1 1 2以使得多重標靶在雜交室陣列 1 1 〇中以特定核酸探針進行檢測之前,能同時或連續進行 擴增。以分析例如全血之樣品而言不需要進行透析,因此 簡單地於LOC設計之樣品輸入及製備部28 8省略透析部 70。在一些情況下,並不一定要省略LOC裝置之透析部 70,即使該分析不需進行透析。若透析部的存在不會對該 分析造成幾何性阻礙,仍可使用於樣品輸入及製備部具有 透析部70之LOC而不喪失所需之功能。 此外,檢測部294可包括蛋白質體室陣列,其係與雜 交室陣列相同,但載有設計成與存在於非擴增之樣品中之 樣品標靶蛋白質共軛或雜交之探針,而不是設計用來與標 靶核酸序列雜交之核酸探針。 將了解的是,爲用於此診斷系統而製造之LOC裝置 係根據特定LOC應用加以選擇之功能部的不同組合。絕 大部分之功能部對許多LOC裝置而言係爲相同,而針對 新應用之額外LOC裝置之設計係關於自現存LOC裝置中 所使用之各種功能部選項中彙整適當之功能部組合。 -40- 201219770 本說明中僅顯示少數LOC裝置,更多LOC裝置係以 圖式說明以闡述爲此系統製造之L 0 C裝置的設計彈性。 熟此技藝者將可輕易地明白本說明書所說明之LOC裝置 並非窮舉,且許多另外的LOC設計係關於彙整適當之功 能部組合。 樣品類型 LOC變體可接受及分析各種呈液體形式之樣品類型之 核酸或蛋白質內容,該樣品類型包括但不限於血液及血液 產物、唾液、腦脊髓液 '尿液、精液、羊膜液 '臍帶並、 母乳、汗液、肋膜積液、淚液、心囊液 '腹腔液、環境水 樣品及飮料樣品。自巨觀核酸擴增獲得之擴增子亦可利用 該LOC裝置進行分析;於此情況中,所有試劑貯器將爲 空的或經配置爲不釋出其內容物,而該透析、溶胞、培養 及擴增部將僅被用來將樣品從樣品入口 68輸送至雜交室 180以如上述進行核酸檢測。 一些樣品類型在輸入LOC裝置之前需要預處理之步 驟,例如精液可能需要經液化及黏液可能需要經酵素預處 理以減低黏性。 樣品輸入1. A short single strand DN A of a nucleotide having a complement of about 10 to 30 nucleotides complementary to the region of the flanking standard.  DNA polymerase-synthesis of DNA thermostable enzymes 3.  Deoxyribonucleoside triphosphate (dNTP) - provides nucleotides that are incorporated into newly synthesized DNA strands.  Buffer one provides the ideal chemical environment for DNA synthesis. PCR typically involves placing these reactants in a vial containing from the extracted nucleic acid (approximately 1 Torr to 50 microliters). The tube is placed in a thermal cycler; this reactor is an instrument that allows the reaction to take unequal time at a range of different temperatures. The standard procedures for each thermal cycle involve the variable phase, the annealed phase, and the extended phase. The extension phase is sometimes referred to as the primer extension phase. In addition to these three-step procedures, a two-step thermal procedure can also be used in which the annealing and extension phases are combined. The denatured phase generally involves raising the reaction temperature to 90 to 95 °C to denature the DNA strand; in the annealed phase, the temperature is lowered to 50 to 60 °C to bond the primer; then in the extended phase, the temperature is raised The optimal DNA polymerase activity temperature is 60 to 72 ° C for primer extension. This process is repeated about 20 to 40 times, and the end result is the production of -8 - 201219770 of millions of sets of target sequence copies between primers. Variants of many standard PCR protocols for molecular diagnostics have been developed, including, for example, multi-primer PCR, linker-primed PCR, direct PCR 'tandein PCR, real-time PCR, and reverse transcriptase PCR. Multiple primer set PCR uses multiple primer sets in a single PCR mix to generate different sizes of amplicons specific for different DNA sequences. Additional information can be obtained from a single trial by targeting (targeting) multiple genes at once (in other ways, several trials are required). Optimization of multi-initiator PCR is difficult because it requires the selection of primers with approximate binding temperatures and amplicon of approximate length and base composition to ensure equal amplification efficiency of each amplicon. Linker-primed PCR, also known as ligation adaptor PCR ' is a type of primer that does not require a target-specific primer to amplify nucleic acids of virtually all DNA sequences in a complex DNA mixture. The method. This method first digests the target DNA population with an appropriate restriction endonuclease (enzyme). A double stranded oligonucleotide linker (also referred to as a conjugate) having a suitable overhang is then ligated to the end of the target DNA fragment using a ligase. Nucleic acid amplification is next carried out using an oligonucleotide primer specific for the linker sequence. Thereby, all DNA-derived fragments adjacent to the linker oligonucleotide can be amplified. Direct PCR describes a system that performs PCR directly on a sample without requiring any (or minimal) nucleic acid extraction. It has long been believed that many components present in unpurified biological samples, such as pro-heme components in the blood, inhibit the PCR reaction. Therefore, it is customary to enhance the purification of the target nucleic acid prior to preparation of the PCR reaction mixture. However, with appropriate changes in chemical properties and sample concentrations, it is possible to perform minimal PCR or PCR by direct PCR. Modification of PCR chemistries for direct PCR involves increasing buffer strength, using highly active and processable polymerases and additives that chelate with potential polymerase inhibitors. Repeated sequence PCR utilizes two separate nucleic acid amplification cycles to increase the probability of amplifying the correct amplicon. One type of repetitive PCR is nested PCR in which two pairs of PCR primers are used to amplify a single locus in different nucleic acid amplification cycles. The first pair of primers hybridize to a nucleic acid sequence located in a region other than the target nucleic acid sequence. A second pair of primers (nested primers) is used for the second amplification, the pair of primers being incorporated within the first PCR product to produce a second PCR product comprising the target nucleic acid, and the second product is short. The rationale used in this strategy is that if the wrong locus is amplified due to an error during the first nucleic acid amplification, the probability that the wrong locus is amplified again by the second pair of primers is very low, thus ensuring specificity. Real-time PCR or quantitative PCR was used to measure the amount of PCR products in real time. The initial amount of nucleic acid in the sample can be determined by using a probe containing a fluorophore or a fluorescent dye and a set of standards in the reaction. This is especially useful for molecular diagnostics where treatment options may vary depending on the amount of pathogen in the sample. Reverse transcriptase PCR (RT-PCR) is used to amplify DNA from RNA. The reverse transcriptase is an enzyme that reverse transcribes RNA into complementary DNA (cDNA), which is then amplified by PCR. RT-PCR is widely used to express the expression -10- 201219770 expression pro filing to determine the expression of a gene or to recognize the sequence of an rna transcript, including transcription initiation and termination sites. It is also used to amplify RNA viruses such as human immunodeficiency virus or hepatitis C virus. The isothermal amplification is another form of nucleic acid amplification that does not rely on the thermal denaturation of the target DN A during the amplification reaction, thus eliminating the need for sophisticated instruments. Therefore, the thermostatic nucleic acid amplification method can be carried out in a field place or simply in an environment other than the laboratory. Some thermostatic nucleic acid amplification methods have been described, including Strand Displacement Amplification, Transcription Mediated Amplification, Nucleic Acid Sequence Based Amplification, Recombinase Polymerase Expansion Recombinase Polymerase Amplification, Rolling Circle Amplification, Ramification Amplification, Helicase-Dependent I so th e rm al DN AA mp 1 ificati ο n) and Loop-Mediated Isothermal Amplification. Constant-temperature nucleic acid amplification does not rely on continuous heating to denature template DNA to produce a single-stranded molecule as a template for continued amplification, but to generate single-stranded molecules using other methods at a constant temperature, such as DNA molecules by specific restriction of endonucleases Enzyme cleavage, or the use of enzymes to separate DNA double strands. The ability of strand-substituted amplification (SDA) to rely on specific restriction enzymes to cleave unmodified strands of hemi·modified DNA, and the ability of polymerases to extend and replace downstream stocks lacking 5'-3' exonuclease activity . An exponential nucleic acid -11 - 201219770 amplification is then achieved by coupling sense and antisense, wherein the stock from the sense reaction replaces the template for the antisense reaction. The nicking enzyme used in this reaction does not cut DNA in a conventional manner, but instead produces an incision in one of the strands of DNA, such as N.  Alwl, N.  BstNBl and M ly 1. SDA is improved by using a combination of a thermostable restriction enzyme (Aval) and a thermostable external polymerase (Bst polymerase). This combination has been shown to increase the amplification efficiency of the reaction from 1 〇 8 fold amplification to 10 1 倍 amplification, so it is possible to use this technique to amplify unique single copy molecules. Transcription-mediated amplification (TMA) and nucleic acid sequence-based amplification (NASBA) RNA polymerase is used to replicate RNA sequences rather than corresponding genomic DNA. This technique uses two primers and two or three enzymes, RNA polymerase, reverse transcriptase, and selective RNase® (if reverse transcriptase does not have Rnase activity). One of the primers contains a promoter sequence of RN A polymerase. In the first step of nucleic acid amplification, the primer hybridizes to a target ribosomal RNA (rRNA) at a defined site. The reverse transcriptase then extends from the 3' end of the promoter primer to produce a DNA copy of the target rRNA. The RNA in the formed RNA:DNA dimer is decomposed by the RNase activity (if any) of the reverse transcriptase or additional RNase. In the next step, the second primer binds to the DNA copy. The new DNA strand is synthesized by the reverse transcriptase from the end of this primer to produce a double-stranded DNA molecule. RNA polymerase recognizes the promoter sequence in the DNΑ template and initiates transcription. Each newly synthesized RNA amplicon is re-entered as a template for a new replication cycle. In recombinase polymerase amplification (RPA), isothermal amplification of a specific DNA fragment is achieved by binding an oppositely directed oligonucleotide primer to the template DNA and then extending the primers by DNa polymerase. . -12- 201219770 The denaturation of the double-stranded DNA (dsDNA) template does not require heating. Instead, RPA uses a recombinase-primer complex to scan dsDNA to facilitate strand exchange at the homologous site. The resulting structure is stabilized by the interaction of a single strand of DNA binding protein with the substituted template strand, thereby preventing the primer from exiting via branch migration. The enzymatic dissociation of the pediatric group allows the stranded DNA polymerase (such as a large fragment of Bacillus subtilis Pol I (Bsu) to be accessed to the 3' end of the oligonucleotide, followed by primer extension. The amplification of the index nucleic acid is accomplished by repeated cycles of this process. Helicase-dependent amplification (HDA) mimics in vivo systems. Wherein DNA helicase is used to generate a single strand template for hybridization of the primer, followed by extension of the primer by DNA polymerase. In the first step of the HDA reaction, the de-enzyme is passed along the target DNA to interrupt the hydrogen bond between the two strands, which in turn binds to the single-stranded binding protein. The primers are bonded by exposing the single-strand target region by helicase. The DNA polymerase then uses the free deoxyribonucleoside triphosphate (dNTP) to extend the 3' end of each primer to make two DNA replicas. The two dsDNA replication strands each enter the next HDA cycle, resulting in amplification of the exponential nucleic acid of the target sequence. Other DNA-based thermostating techniques include rolling circle amplification (RCA), in which a DNA polymerase extends the primer around a circular DNA template to produce a long DNA product consisting of many repeating copies of the loop. Prior to the end of the reaction, the polymerase produced tens of thousands of copies of the circular template and the copies of the strands were tethered to the original target DNA. This approach allows for spatial dissociation of the target and rapid nucleic acid amplification of the signal. A copy of 1 to 12 templates can be generated in one hour. A variant of the branched-type amplification system, RCA, which enables the use of a closed circular probe (C-probe) or a padlock probe and a DNA polymerase with high processivity at a constant temperature for 13-201219770 The C_probe was amplified exponentially. Circular thermostat amplification (LAMP) provides high selectivity using DNA polymerase and a set of four specially designed primers that recognize a total of six different sequences on the target DN A. The primers within the sense and antisense strand sequences containing the target DNA initiate LAMP. The strands initiated by the exogenous primers then replace the DNA synthesis to release a single strand of DNA. The single-stranded DNA can serve as a template for DNA synthesis initiated by a second primer and an external primer, and the second primer and the foreign primer are hybridized to the other end of the target, and the DNA is synthesized to produce stem-loop DNA. structure. In the subsequent LAMP cycle, an internal primer hybridizes to the loop on the product and initiates the replacement DNA synthesis, producing the original stem-loop DNA and the new stem-loop DNA with twice as long stems. The cycle reaction continued to accumulate 109 copies of the target within one hour. The final product is a stem-loop DNA having a plurality of inverted repeats of the target and a cauliflower-like structure. The plurality of loops in the cauliflower-like structure are formed by mutual overlapping of the target repeats in the same strand. . After completion of nucleic acid amplification, the amplification product must be analyzed to determine whether or not the expected amplicon (amplification amount of the target nucleic acid) is produced. The method of analyzing the product can be carried out by simply measuring the size of the amplicon by gel electrophoresis to the use of DNA hybridization to identify the nucleotide composition of the amplicon. Gel electrophoresis is the easiest way to check whether a nucleic acid amplification method produces the desired amplicon. Gel electrophoresis utilizes an electric field applied to a gel matrix to separate DNA fragments. Negatively charged DNA fragments will move in the matrix at different speeds "14- 201219770, depending on the fragment size. After the electrophoresis is completed, the fragments in the gel are stained to visualize them. Ethyl bromide is commonly used as a dye which exhibits fluorescence under ultraviolet light. The size of the fragments is determined by comparison with DNA ladders, which contain DNA fragments of known size and The gel was incubated with the amplicons side by side. Since the oligonucleotide primer binds to a specific site adjacent to the target DNA, the size of the amplification product can be predicted and detected as a band of known size on the gel. In order to determine the correctness of the amplicon, or to generate a plurality of amplicons, a DNA probe that hybridizes to the amplicon is usually employed. DNA hybridization refers to the formation of double stranded DNA by complementary base pairing. DNA hybridization of about 20 nucleotides in length is required for DNA hybridization to clearly identify a particular amplification product. If the probe has a sequence complementary to the amplicon (target) DN A sequence, hybridization will occur at the appropriate temperature, pH and ion concentration. If hybridization occurs, the gene or DNA sequence of interest is present in the original sample. Optical detection systems are most commonly used to detect hybridization methods. One of the amplicon and probe is labeled with a fluorescent agent or an electrochemiluminescent agent to emit light. These methods differ in that they cause the photo-generating group to produce an excited state, but both can be used to covalently label nucleotide strands. In the case of electrochemiluminescence (ECL), the light system is generated by current stimulating luminescent group molecules or complexes. In the case of fluorescence, it is irradiated with excitation light to cause light to be emitted. The fluorescent system is detected by a light source and a detection unit that provides excitation light of a wavelength absorbed by the fluorescent molecule. The detection unit includes a -15-201219770 light sensor that detects a transmitted signal (such as a photomultiplier tube or a charge coupled device (CCD) array) and a device that prevents excitation light from being included in the output of the light sensor (such as Wavelength selection filter). The fluorescent molecules emit Stokes shifted light in response to the excitation light, which is collected by the detection unit. The Stokes shift is the difference in frequency or wavelength between the emitted light and the absorbed excitation light. The ECL emission system is detected using a light sensor that is sensitive to the emission wavelength of the ECL species used. For example, transition metal-ligand complexes emit light of a visible wavelength, so conventional photodiodes and CCDs can be used as photosensors. One of the advantages of ECL is that if the ambient light is shielded, the ECL's emitted light is the only light in the detection system, thus increasing sensitivity. Microarrays allow hundreds of thousands of DNA hybridization experiments to be performed simultaneously. Microarrays are powerful molecular diagnostic tools that screen thousands of genetic diseases or detect the presence of numerous infectious pathogens in a single experiment. The microarray consists of a number of different DNA probes that are fixed at the point of acceptance. The target DNA (amplicon) is first labeled with fluorescent or luminescent molecules (either during nucleic acid amplification or after nucleic acid amplification), followed by administration of the target DNA to the probe microarray. The microarray is cultured in a temperature controlled, humid environment for hours or days to allow hybridization between the probe and the amplicon. After incubation, the microarray must be washed through a series of buffers to remove unbound strands. After cleaning, the surface of the microarray is dried with a gas stream (usually nitrogen). The rigor of hybridization and cleaning is critical. Insufficient stringency may result in highly non-specific binding. Too high a rigor may result in an inability to properly combine -16-201219770, resulting in reduced sensitivity. Hybridization is identified by detecting the light emitted by the labeled amplicon that forms a hybrid with the complementary probe. Fluorescent systems from microarrays are detected using a microarray scanner, which is typically a computer-controlled inverted scanning fluorescent conjugated focus microscope that typically uses laser-excited fluorescent dyes and photosensors (such as The photomultiplier tube or CCD) detects the emission signal. The fluorophore emits a Stokes bit shift (as described above) which is collected by the detection unit. The emitted fluorescent light must be collected, separated from the unabsorbed excitation wavelength and transmitted to the detector. In a microarray scanner, a conjugate focal configuration of a conjugate focal hole aperture mounted on the image side is typically used to eliminate out-of-focus information. This device allows only the light of the focused portion to be detected. Light from above and below the focal plane of the target cannot enter the detector, thus increasing the signal to noise ratio. The detected fluorescent photons are converted into electrical energy by a detector and then converted into a digital signal. This digital signal is translated into a number that represents the intensity of the fluorescence from a given pixel. Each feature of the array consists of one or more of these pixels. The final result of the scan is an image of the surface of the array. Since the exact sequence and position of each probe on the microarray is known, the target sequence to which it is hybridized can be simultaneously identified and analyzed. For more information on fluorescent probes please see: http://www. Premierbiosoft. Com/tech_notes/FRET_probe. Html and http://www. Invitrogen. Com/site/us/en/home/ References/Molecular-Probes-The-Handbook/Technical-Notes-and-Product-Highlights/Fluorescence-Resonance-Energy-T ran sfer -FRET. Html -17- 201219770 In-situ Care (POINT-OF-CARE) Molecular Diagnostics Although molecular diagnostic tests offer many benefits, the growth of such tests in clinical laboratories is still slower than expected and is not the mainstream of laboratory medical testing. This is mainly because nucleic acid detection leads to higher complexity and cost than detection without nucleic acid methods. The extensive use of molecular diagnostic testing in clinical settings is closely related to the development of instrumentation, which must significantly reduce costs, provide rapid (automatic) analysis from initial (sample processing) to final (resulting), and does not require The operation of substantial human intervention. In-situ care technology can provide care in the physician's office, on the hospital bed side or even in a consumer-oriented home environment. This technology offers many advantages including: - Quick results, immediate treatment and improved care quality - from very A small number of sample tests to obtain laboratory data - reduce clinical workload - reduce laboratory workload and reduce administrative work to improve office efficiency - by reducing the number of hospital stays, outpatients can be diagnosed at the initial diagnosis and reduced sample processing , storage and delivery to improve the cost per patient - useful for clinical management decisions such as infection control and antibiotic use. On-wafer laboratory (LOC)-based molecular diagnostics-18- 201219770 Molecular diagnostics based on microfluidics The system provides a means to automate and accelerate molecular diagnostic analysis. The shorter detection time is primarily due to the fact that the required sample volume is less active, automated, and low-cost built-in cascaded diagnostic method steps within the microfluidic device. The volume of nanoliters and microliters also reduces reagent consumption and cost. The on-wafer laboratory (LOC) device is a common form of microfluidic device. The LOC device has an MST structure within the MST layer for integrating fluid processing onto a single support substrate (usually helium). The VLSI (Ultra Large Integrated Circuit) lithography technology manufactured by the semiconductor industry makes the unit cost of each LOC device very low. However, controlling the flow of fluid through the LOC device, adding reagents, controlling reaction conditions, and the like requires a large external hydroelectric engineering device. The connection of the LOC devices to these external devices greatly limits the molecular diagnostic use of the LOC devices in a laboratory environment. The cost of external instruments and their operational complexity excludes LOC-based molecular diagnostics as an option in a local care environment. In view of this, there is a need for a molecular diagnostic system based on a LOC device that can be used for local care. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION Various aspects of the invention are now described by the following numbered paragraphs. GAS070. 1 This aspect of the invention provides a test module comprising: a housing having a container for receiving a biological sample; an excitation source disposed in the housing to continuously illuminate the biological sample with light of different wavelengths; -19- 201219770 Photosensor, where the photosensor is located at a different wavelength of light that can pass through the biological sample: where, when used, the signal output by the photosensor is used to generate an analysis of the organism The spectrum of the characteristics of the sample. GAS070. Preferably, the excitation source is an array of light emitting diodes (LEDs) that emit light of different wavelengths, and the LEDs are configured for continuous activation. GAS070. Preferably, the housing is configured for hand movement. GAS 070. Preferably, the test module also has a data connection to transmit the output signal of the photo sensor to the external device. GAS070. Preferably, the data connection is connected to an electrical connection of an external device, the test module being configured to electrically draw power from an external device. GAS070. Preferably, the electrical connection is a USB connector for insertion into a universal serial bus (USB) port of an external device. GAS070. Preferably, the test module also has a wafer-on-lab (LOC) device in communication with the container fluid, the LOC device having an array of chambers configured to charge the biological sample from the container by capillary drive. GAS070. Preferably, the photo sensor is inserted into the LOC device and located adjacent to the array of chambers. GAS070. Preferably, the LOC device has a support substrate and a CMOS circuit on the support substrate, the CMOS circuit having a photo sensor and a series of pads connected to the USB connector. •20- 201219770 GAS070.  1 较佳 Preferably, the CMOS circuit has an LED driver GAS 070 which controls the activation of the LED array via pads. Il photodiode array GAS 070. 1 2 LED array light window G AS070. 1 3 GAS070. Preferably, the photosensor is aligned with the array of chambers. Preferably, each chamber has an exposed biological sample. Preferably, the biological sample is blood. Preferably, the analyzed characteristic blood glucose comprises GAS 070. Preferably, the test module also has a shunt transistor between each photodiode anode and a voltage source, the shunt cell system being configured to remove the excitation light in the photodiode The carrier generated by the photon. GAS 070. Preferably, the shunt cell system is configured to activate upon deactivation of each LED. GAS 070. Preferably, the CMOS circuit has memory storage identification data for the external device to identify the test module. GAS 070. Preferably, the photodiode array is less than 249 microns from the hybridization chamber array. The easy-to-use, mass-produced, inexpensive and lightweight microfluidic test module accepts samples, analyzes the sample using an integrated image sensor with multiple discrete spectrometers, and multiple LED sources to provide electronic results at the output. - 21 - 201219770 [Embodiment] This summary describes the main components of the molecular diagnostic system in which the embodiment of the present invention is embodied. The full details of the system structure and operation are discussed in the following description. Referring to Figures 1, 2, 3, 98 and 99, the system has the following most important components: Test Modules 〇 and 1 1 are the size of a conventional U S B flash drive, which can be produced very cheaply. Test modules 10 and 1 each comprise a microfluidic device, typically in the form of a lab-on-lab (LOC) device 30, which preloads reagents and typically more than one probe for molecular diagnostic analysis ( See Figures 1 and 9 8). The test module 10 illustrated in Figure 1 uses a fluorescent substrate detection technique to identify the target molecule, whereas the test module 11 of Figure 98 uses an electrochemiluminescent substrate detection technique. The LOC device 30 has an integrated photosensor 44 (described in detail below) for fluorescence or electrochemiluminescence detection. Test modules 1 and 1 1 use standard micro-USB connector 14 for power supply, data and control. Both test modules have a printed circuit board (PCB) 57 and an external power supply capacitor 3 2 and an inductor 15 . Test Modules 1 and 1 1 are for single use only, and are mass-produced and distributed for use in sterile packaging for immediate use. The outer casing 13 has a large container 24 that accepts a biological sample and a removable sterile sealing tape 22, which preferably has a low viscosity adhesive to cover the large container prior to use. Membrane Seal with Membrane Guard 410 -22- 201219770 Part of the housing 13 is formed to reduce the humidity reduction in the test module while providing a pressure relief when the pressure changes. Membrane guard 4 10 protective film seal 4 0 8 is free from damage. The test module reader 1 2 supplies power to the test module 1 〇 or 1 1 via the micro-USB 埠 16. The test module reader 12 can be in many different forms, the choice of which is described later. The reader 1 2 version shown in Figures 1, 3 and 98 is an implementation of the smart phone. The block diagram of this reader 12 is shown in Figure 3. The processor 42 executes the application software from the program storage 43. The processor 42 is also interfaced with a display screen 18 and a user interface (UI) touch screen 17 and a button 19, a cellular radio 2 1 , a wireless network connection 23, and a satellite navigation system 25. Honeycomb radio 2 1 and wireless network connection 2 3 are used for communication. The satellite navigation system 25 is used to update the epidemiological database with location information. The location data can optionally be manually entered via touch screen 17 or button 19. The data store 27 stores gene and diagnostic information, test results, patient information, analysis and probe data for identifying each probe and its array position. The data store 27 and the program store 43 can be shared by a common memory device. The application software installed in the Test Module Reader 1 2 provides results analysis and other test and diagnostic information. To perform a diagnostic test, insert Test Module 1 (or Test Module 1 1) into Micro-U S B埠1 6 on Test Module Reader 12. Ripped back. The sterile sealing tape 22 and the biological sample (in liquid form) are loaded into the sample large container 24. Press the start button 20 to start the test via the application software. The sample flows into the LOC device 30 and the device is subjected to on-board analysis to extract the 'culture, amplification and pre-synthesized hybrid-reactive oligonucleoside-23-201219770 acid probe with the sample nucleic acid (target) ) hybridization. In the case of a test module 1 ( (which uses detection of a fluorescent substrate), the probes are fluorescently labeled and provide the necessary excitation light by LEDs 26 mounted in the housing 13 to induce hybridized probes. Fluorescent emission (see Figures 1 and 2). In the case of test module 1 (which uses electrochemiluminescence (ECL) detection), LOC device 30 is loaded with an ECL probe (as described above) and LED 26 is not required to produce luminescent emissions. The excitation current is actually provided by electrodes 860 and 870 (see Figure 99). The emission (fluorescence or illumination) is detected by a photosensor 44 integrated into the CMOS circuitry of each LOC device. The detection signal is amplified and converted to a digital output for analysis by the test module reader. The reader then displays the results. This information can be stored locally and/or uploaded to a network server containing patient records. The test module 10 or 1 1 is removed from the test module reader 1 2 and processed appropriately. Figure 1 '3 and 9 8 show the test module reader designed as a mobile phone/smartphone 2 8 . Other forms of test module readers can be laptop/notebook 101, dedicated reader 103, e-book reader 1〇7 'tablet 109 or desktop computer 1〇5 for hospitals, private clinics Or laboratory (see Figure 100). The reader can interface with additional applications such as patient records, accounting, online databases and multi-user environments. It can also interface with some local or remote peripherals, such as printers and patient smart cards. Referring to Figure 1 0 1 'The data generated by the test module 1 可 can be used to update the epidemiological database and genetic data stored in the epidemiological data host system through the reader 1 2 and the network 1 2 5 The electronic system stored in the host system 丨 3 3 - 201219770 gene database, electronic health record (EHR) host system 1 1 5 stored electronic health record, electronic medical record (EMR) host system 121 stored electronic Medical records, as well as personal health records stored in the Personal Health Record (PHR) host system. Conversely, the epidemiological data stored in the epidemiological data host system 1 1 1 , the genetic data stored in the genetic data host system 1 13 , and stored in the electronic health record (EHR) host system 1 15 An electronic health record, an electronic medical record stored in an electronic medical record (EMR) host system 121, and a personal health record stored in a personal health record (PHR) host system 123 can be used to access the network 125 and The reader 12 updates the digits in the LOC 30 of the test module 1〇. Referring to Figures 1, 2, 9 8 and 99, the reader 1 2 in the mobile phone configuration uses battery power. The mobile phone reader contains all pre-loaded test and diagnostic information. Data can also be downloaded or uploaded via some wireless or contact interface to enable communication with peripheral devices, computers or online servers. The Micro USB 埠1 6 is used to connect a computer or a primary power supply for charging the battery. Figure 70 shows an embodiment of a test module 10 for a positive or negative test result requiring only a particular target, such as for testing whether a person is infected with, for example, influenza A virus H1N1. Only the USB power/indicator module 47 built for a particular purpose is required. No other readers or application software is required. The indicator 45 on the USB power/indicator module 47 alone shows no positive or negative results. This configuration is ideal for a large number of inspections. Other items that may be provided by the system may include a test tube containing reagents for pre-treating a particular sample and a spatula and lancet for sample collection. Figure -25- 201219770 7〇 shows the implementation of the test module with the spring-loaded telescopic lancet 3 90 and the lancet release button 3 92 for convenience. Satellite phones can be used in remote areas. Test Module Electronics Figures 2 and 99 are block diagrams of the electronic components in test modules 10 and 11, respectively. The CMOS circuit integrated in the LOC device 30 has a USB device driver 36, a controller 34, a USB compatible LED driver 29, a clock 3 3, a power conditioner 3 1 , a RAM 3 8 and a program and data flash memory 40. These components provide a photosensor 44, a temperature sensor 170, a liquid sensor 1 74, and various heaters 152, 154, 182, 234 and associated drivers 37 and 39 for the entire test module 10 or 11. And the control and memory of the registers 35 and 41. Only LED 26 (with test module 10 as an example), external power capacitor 32 and micro USB connector 14 are external to LOC device 30. The LOC device 30 includes pads for connection to these external components. RAM 3 8 and program and data flash memory 40 have application software and diagnostic and test information for more than 1 000 probes (flash/guarantee storage, for example via encryption). In the test module 1 1 designed for ECL detection, the test module 1 1 does not contain the LED 26 (see Figures 98 and 99). The data is encrypted by the LOC device 30 for secure storage and secure communication with external devices. . The LOC device 30 is loaded with electrochemiluminescent probes each having a pair of ECL excitation electrodes 860 and 870. Many types of test modules 10 are manufactured in several test formats for stock use. The difference between the different test formats is the reagents and probes for on-board analysis (on -26 - 201219770 board assay). Some examples of infectious diseases that can be quickly identified using this system include: • Influenza-influenza virus A, B, C, infectious salmon virus (Isavirus), Tohogotovirus (phogotovirus) • Pneumonia-respiratory fusion Virus (RSV), adenovirus, interstitial pneumonia virus, pneumococci, staphylococcus aureus, tuberculosis-mycobacterium tuberculosis, mycobacterium bovis, mycobacteria, mycobacteria, and mycobacteria • Plasmodium falciparum, Toxoplasma gondii and other parasitic protozoa • Typhoid- typhoid bacillus • Ebola virus • Human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) • Dengue fever – Yellow fever virus • Hepatitis (A to E) • Medical source Sexual infections - such as Clostridium pneumoniae, vancomycin-resistant enterococci and drug-resistant Staphylococcus aureus • Herpes simplex virus (HSV) • Cytomegalovirus (CMV) • Epstein-Barr virus (EBV) • Brain Inflammation - Japanese encephalitis virus, Zhangdipula virus • Pertussis - pertussis • Measles - paramyxovirus • Meningitis - Streptococcus pneumoniae and Neisseria meningitidis -27- 201219 770 • Anthracnose-Bacillus anthracis Examples of some genetic diseases that can be identified using this system include: • Cystic fibrosis • Hemophilia • Sickle cell anemia • Black Mongolian idiots • Hemochromatosis • Cerebral arterial disease • Cloning Disease • Polycystic kidney disease • Congenital heart disease • Leier's disease A few examples of cancers identified by this diagnostic system include: • Ovarian cancer • Colon cancer • Multiple endocrine neoplasms • Retinal blastoma • Turk disease (Turcot syndrome) The above list is incomplete and the diagnostic system can be configured to utilize nucleic acid and proteomic analysis to detect more diverse diseases and conditions. Detailed Structure of System Components LOC Device The L0C device 30 is the core of the diagnostic system. The device rapidly performs the four major steps of molecular diagnostic analysis of nucleic acid substrates on the Microfluid-28-201219770 platform, ie sample preparation, nucleic acid extraction, nucleic acid amplification and detection. The LO C device is also of selective use and will be described in more detail below. As discussed above, test modules 10 and 11 can take many different configurations to detect different targets. Similarly, LOC device 30 can also be used to create a variety of different embodiments for the target of interest. One form of LOC device 30 is used in a LOC device 3〇1 for fluorescent detection of a target nucleic acid sequence of a pathogen in a whole blood sample. For the purpose of the description, the structure and operation of the LOC device 301 will now be described in detail with reference to Figures 4 to 26 and 27 to 57. 4 is a representative diagram of the structure of the LOC device 301. For the sake of convenience, the processing stages shown in Fig. 4 are denoted by the component symbols corresponding to the functional portions of the LOC device 301 that implements the processing stage. The processing stages associated with each of the major steps in the molecular diagnostic analysis of the nucleic acid substrate are also shown: sample input and preparation 288, extraction 290, culture 291, amplification 292, and detection 294. The various reservoirs, chambers, valves and other components of the LOC device 301 will be described more closely below. Figure 5 is a perspective view of the LOC device 301. The device is fabricated using high volume CMOS and MST (microsystem technology) fabrication techniques. The layered structure of the LOC device 30 1 is illustrated in a schematic (not to scale) partial cross-sectional view of Figure 12. The LOC device 301 has a germanium substrate 84 that supports a COMS + MST wafer 48 that includes a CMOS circuit 86 and an MST layer 87 and has a cover 46 overlying the MST layer 87. For the purposes of this patent specification, the term "MST layer" refers to a collection of structures and layers of a sample treated with various reagents. Accordingly, these structures and components are configured to define a flow path having a feature size of -29-201219770 that will support capillary flow to drive the flow of liquid similar to the physical properties of the sample of the treatment section. In view of this, MST layers and components are typically fabricated using surface micromachining techniques and/or stereomachining techniques. However, other manufacturing methods can also produce structures and components that are sized for capillary drive flow and for handling very small samples. The particular embodiment described in the specification shows that the MST layer is a structure and active component supported by CMOS circuitry 86, but does not have the upper cover 46. However, those skilled in the art will appreciate that the MST layer does not require a lower CMOS or even a top cover to process the sample. The overall dimensions of the LOC device shown in the following figures are 1 760 micro X 5824 microns. Of course, LOC devices made for different applications can be of different sizes. 6 shows the features of the MST layer 87, which are superimposed on the features of the upper cover. The AA to AD, AG, and AH regions shown in FIG. 6 are enlarged at 13, 3, 4, 3, 5, 5, 5, and 6 3, respectively. The details of the various structures within the LOC device 301 are fully explained below. Figures 7 through 10 show the features of the cover 46 independently, while Figure 11 shows the structure of the CMOS + MST device 48 independently. Hierarchical Structure Figures 12 and 22 illustrate the hierarchical structure of the CMOS + MST device 48, the upper cover, and the fluid interaction therebetween. The drawings are not drawn to scale for purposes of illustration. Figure 12 is a schematic cross-sectional view through the sample inlet 68, and Figure 22 is a schematic cross-sectional view through the reservoir 54. The CMOS+ MST device 48 has a germanium substrate 84 supporting a CMOS circuit 86, the CMOS circuit 86 operating thereon. The CMOS+MST device 48 has a germanium substrate 84 supporting the CMOS circuit 86. Active components within the MST layer 87. The passivation layer 8 8 seals and protects the C Μ Ο S layer 8 6 from flowing into the liquid flowing through the MST layer 87. The liquid flows through both the upper cap channel 46 and the MST channel 90 in the upper cap layer 46 and the MST channel layer 100 (see, for example, Figures 7 and 16). Cell transport occurs in the larger channel 94 made in the upper cap 46, while biochemical treatment takes place in the smaller MST channel 90. The size of the cell delivery channel is designed to deliver cells in the sample to a predetermined location in the MST channel 90. Cells that transport greater than 20 microns (e.g., certain white blood cells) require channel sizes greater than 20 microns, so the cross-sectional area across the flow must be greater than 400 square microns. The position of the MST channel, particularly in L〇c, which does not require delivery of cells, can be significantly smaller. It will be understood that the 'top cover channel 94 and the MST channel 90 are generic, and the particular MST channel 90 may also be referred to as, for example, a heated microchannel or a dialysis MST channel due to its particular function. The MST channel 90 is formed by etching a MST channel layer 1 deposited on the passivation layer 88 and patterned by a photoresist. The MST channel 90 is closed by a top layer 66 that forms the top of the CMOS + MST device 48 (shown in the figure). Although sometimes shown in separate layers, the upper cover channel layer 8 and the reservoir layer 78 are formed from a single piece of material. Of course, the sheet material can also be non-unitary. Both sides of the sheet material are etched to form an upper cover channel layer 8 and a reservoir layer 78, and an upper cover channel 94 is etched in the upper cover channel layer 80, and reservoirs 54, 56, 58, 60 are etched in the reservoir layer 78. 62. Alternatively, the -31 - 201219770 reservoir and capping channel are formed by micromolding. Both etching and micromolding techniques are used to fabricate channels having a cross-sectional area of up to 20,000 square microns and a minimum of 8 square microns across the fluid. For various locations in the LOC device, a variety of suitable channel cross-sectional areas across the fluid can be selected. When a large number of samples or samples having a large composition are accommodated in the channel, a cross-sectional area of up to 20,000 square micrometers (e.g., a channel having a width of 200 micrometers in a layer having a thickness of 100 micrometers) is appropriate. When the channel contains a small amount of liquid or a mixture free of large cells, it is preferred that the cross-sectional area across the fluid is very small. The lower sealing layer 64 closes the upper cover passage 94, and the upper sealing layer 82 closes the reservoirs 54, 56, 58, 60 and 62. Five reservoirs 54, 56, 58, 60, and 62 preload reagents for specific assays. In the embodiments described herein, the reservoirs are preloaded with the following reagents, but can be easily replaced with other reagents: • Reservoir 54 : Anticoagulant, optional including red blood cell lysate • reservoir 5 6 : lysis reagent • reservoir 5 8 : restriction enzymes, ligase and linker (for linker initiation PCR (see Figure 69, excerpt from T.  Stachan et al. , Human Molecular Genetics 2, Garland Science, NY and London, 1999)) • Reservoir 60: amplification mixture (dNTPs, primers, buffers), and • reservoir 62: DNA polymerase. Upper cover 46 and CMOS + MST layer 48 are in fluid communication via corresponding openings in lower seal 64 and top layer 66. These openings are referred to as riser 96 and drop 92 depending on the flow regime from the -32-201219770 MST passage 90 to the upper cover passage 94 or vice versa. LOC Device Operation The operation of the LOC device 301 is described step by step as an example of the analysis of pathogenic DNA in a blood sample. Of course, other types of biological or non-biological fluids may also be analyzed using appropriate reagents, test protocols, groups of LOC variants and detection systems, or a combination thereof. Referring to Figure 4, the analysis of the biological sample is largely divided into five steps, including sample input and preparation 288, nucleic acid extraction 290, nucleic acid culture 291, nucleic acid amplification 292, and detection and analysis 294. The sample input and preparation steps 2 8 8 involve mixing the blood with the anticoagulant 116, followed by separation of the pathogen from the pathogen dialysis unit 70 with white blood cells and red blood cells. As best seen in Figures 7 and 12, the blood sample enters the device via sample inlet 68. Capillary action draws the blood sample along the upper cover channel 94 to the reservoir 54. When the sample blood flow opens the surface tension valve 1 18 of the reservoir 54, the anticoagulant is released from the reservoir 54 (see Figures 15 and 22). Anticoagulants prevent clot formation from obstructing flow. As best shown in Fig. 22, the anticoagulant 116 is aspirated from the reservoir 54 by capillary action and enters the MST channel 90 via the descending port 92. The drop port 92 has a capillary initiation feature (CIF) 1〇2 to control the geometry of the meniscus such that the meniscus is not fixed at the edge of the drop port 92. The venting opening 12 in the upper sealing layer 82 allows air to replace the anticoagulant that is aspirated from the reservoir 54. The MS T channel 90 shown in Fig. 22 is one of the surface tension valves 118 -33 - 201219770 minutes. The anticoagulant 116 fills the surface tension valve 118 and secures the meniscus 120 to the meniscus anchor 98 of the riser 96. The meniscus 120 remains fixed to the riser 96 prior to use so that the anticoagulant does not flow into the upper cover passage 94. As blood flows through the upper lid passage 94 to the ascending port 96, the meniscus 110 is removed and the anticoagulant is drawn into the flow. Figs. 15 to 21 show the AE area. The AE area is a part of the AA area which is not shown in Fig. 13. As shown in Figures 15, 16 and 17, surface tension valve 118 has three separate MST passages 90 extending between respective lower and upper risers 92, 96. The number of MST channels 90 in the surface tension valve can vary to change the flow rate of reagent into the sample mixture. When the sample mixture and reagents are mixed by diffusion, the flow rate out of the reservoir determines the concentration of the reagent in the sample stream. Thus, the surface tension valves of each reservoir are configured to meet the desired reagent concentration. The blood enters the pathogen dialysis section 70 (see Figures 4 and 15) where the target cells are concentrated from the sample using an array of apertures 1 64 sized according to a predetermined valve. Cells smaller than the valve plaque pass through the well, while large cells cannot pass through the well. The undesired cells are either larger cells that are blocked by the pore array I 64 or smaller cells that pass through the pores, which are transduced to the waste unit 76, whereas the target cells are still part of the analysis. In the pathogen dialysis section 70 described herein, the pathogen system from the whole blood sample is concentrated for microbial DNA analysis. The array of holes is formed by a plurality of 3 micron diameter holes 164 that fluidly communicate with the input flow in the upper cover channel 94 to the target channel 74. The 3 micron diameter aperture 164 and the dialysis riser aperture 168 in the target channel 74 are connected by a series of dialysis MST channels - 34 - 201219770 204 (best shown in Figures 15 and 21). The pathogen is small in volume and can therefore be filled through the 3 micron diameter aperture 164 and filled through the target channel 74 via the dialysis MST channel 204. Cells larger than 3 microns, such as red blood cells and white blood cells, remain in the waste channel 72 of the upper cover 46, which leads to the waste reservoir 76 (see Figure 7). Other pore shapes, sizes, and aspect ratios can be utilized to isolate specific pathogens or other target cells, such as white blood cells for human DNA analysis. Detailed instructions for the dialysis section and dialysis variants are provided below. Referring again to Figures 6 and 7, fluid is drawn through target channel 74 to surface tension valve 128 of lysis reagent reservoir 56. The surface tension valve 128 has seven MST channels 90 that extend between the lysis reagent reservoir 56 and the target channel 74. When the meniscus is removed by the sample stream, the flow rate from all seven MST channels 90 will be greater than the flow rate from the anticoagulant reservoir 54, where the surface tension valve 118 of the reservoir 54 has three MST channels 90 (hypothesis) The physical properties of the liquids are approximately equal). Thus the ratio of lytic reagent to the sample mixture is greater than the ratio of anticoagulant to the sample mixture. The lysis reagent and the target cells are mixed by diffusion in the target channel 74 in the chemical lysis unit 130. The boiling start valve 1 2 6 stops the flow until sufficient time for diffusion and lysis occurs to release the genetic material from the target cells (see Figures 6 and 7). The structure and operation of the boiling start valve are described in detail below with reference to Figs. 31 and 32. Other active valve types (as opposed to passive valves such as surface tension valve 118) have also been developed by the applicant, and other types of active valves can be used herein to replace the boiling start valve. These alternative valves -35- 201219770 are also described below. When the boiling start valve 126 is opened, the lysed cells flow into the mixing section 1 31 to perform restriction enzyme cleavage and linker ligation before amplification. Referring to Fig. 13, when the fluid removes the meniscus of the surface tension valve 133 at the beginning of the mixing portion 131, the restriction enzyme, linker and ligase are released from the reservoir 58. The mixture flows through the length of the mixing section 133 to diffusely mix. The end of the mixing portion 131 is a descending port 134 leading to the incubator inlet passage 133 of the culture portion 114 (see Fig. 13). The incubator inlet channel 133 feeds the mixture into a heated microchannel 210 in a crimped configuration that provides a culture chamber for holding the sample during restriction enzyme cleavage and linker ligation (see Figures 13 and 14). Figures 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28 and 29 show the layers of the LOC device 301 in the AB zone of Figure 6. The figures show the layers of continuous salt addition to form the structure of CMOS + MST layer 48 and upper cover 46. The AB region shows the end point of the fostering unit 1 14 and the starting point of the amplifying portion 112. As best seen in Figures 14 and 2, the fluid fills the microchannel 2 1 0 of the culture section 1 1 4 until it reaches the boiling start valve 1 〇 6, where the fluid stops to allow diffusion to occur. As discussed above, the microchannels 210 in the upstream of the boiling start valve 106 become the culture chamber containing the sample, restriction enzyme, ligase, and linker. The heater crucible 54 is then activated and maintains a stable temperature for a specific period of time to allow restriction enzyme cleavage and linker ligation. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that this culturing step 29 1 (see Figure 4) is optional and is only required for some types of nucleic acid amplification assays. Also in some instances, it may be desirable to provide a heating step at the end of the incubation period to allow the temperature to rise sharply -36-201219770 above the culture temperature. This temperature rise causes the restriction enzyme and the ligase to deactivate before entering the amplification section 112. Deactivation of restriction enzymes and ligases is particularly important when using isothermal nucleic acid amplification. After the incubation, the boiling start valve 106 is activated (opened) and the fluid continues to enter the amplifying portion 112. Referring to Figures 31 and 32, the mixture is filled with heated microchannels 158 in a curved configuration until reaching the boiling start valve 1 〇 8, which forms one or more amplification chambers. As is clear from the cross-sectional view of Fig. 30, the amplification mixture (dNTP 'primer' buffer) is released from the reservoir 60 and the polymerase is then released from the reservoir 62 into the junction culture section and the amplification section (1 Μ and 1 respectively) 12) The intermediate MST channel 212. Figures 35 through 51 show the layers of LOC device 301 in the AC region of Figure 6. The figures show the layers of successive additions to form the structure of CMOS+MST device 48 and upper cover 46. The AC region is the end point of the amplification unit 1 12 and the starting point of the hybridization and detection unit 52. The cultured sample, amplification mixture, and polymerase flow through the microchannel 158 to the boiling start valve 108. After sufficient time for diffusion mixing, the heater 154 in the microchannel 158 is activated for thermal cycling or isothermal amplification. The amplification mixture undergoes a predetermined number of thermal cycles or a predetermined amplification time to amplify sufficient target DNA. After the nucleic acid amplification procedure, the boiling start valve 108 is opened and the fluid continues to enter the hybrid and detection portion 52. The operation of the boiling start valve is described in detail below. As shown in Fig. 52, the hybridization and detection unit 52 has a hybridization chamber array 1 10 . Figures 5, 5, 3, 4 and 5 show the hybridization chamber array 110 and the single-hybridization chamber 180 in detail. A diffusion barrier 175 is provided at the entrance of the hybridization chamber 180 to prevent diffusion of the target nucleic acid, probe strands, and hybridized probes between the -37-201219770 hybridization chambers during hybridization to prevent erroneous hybridization. Test results. The diffusion barrier 175 represents a flow path of sufficient length to prevent the target sequence and probe from diffusing out of one chamber and contaminating another chamber during the time required for the probe and nucleic acid hybridization and signal to be detected, thus avoiding errors result. Another mechanism to prevent erroneous results is to include the same probe in multiple hybridization chambers. The CMOS circuit 86 derives a single result from the photodiode 1 8 4 corresponding to the hybridization chamber 180 containing the same probe. When deriving a single result, the anomalous results can be ignored or given different weights. The thermal energy required for hybridization is provided by a CMOS controlled heater 182 (described in more detail below). After the heater is activated, hybridization occurs between complementary target-probe sequences. The LED driver 29 in the CMOS circuit 86 transmits a message to the LED 26 located in the test module to illuminate it. These probes only fluoresce when hybridization occurs, so the cleaning and drying steps typically required to remove unbound strands are omitted. Hybrid forced FRET probe 186 has a stem-loop structure that allows the fluorophore to emit fluorescent energy in response to the LED excitation light, as described in more detail below. Fluorescence is detected by photodiode 184 located in CMOS circuit 86 below each hybridization chamber U0 (see description of hybridization chamber below). The photodiode 184 and associated electronics for all of the hybridization chambers together form a photosensor 44 (see Figure 64). In other embodiments, the photosensor can be an array of charge coupled devices (CCD arrays). The detection signal from the photodiode 1 84 is amplified and converted to a digital output for analysis by the test module reader 12. Further details of the detection method are described below. -38- 201219770 Other Detailed Description of LOC Device The modular design LOC device 3〇1 has a number of functional parts (including reagent reservoirs 54, 56, 58, 60 and 62, dialysis unit 70, lysis unit 130, culture unit 114). And amplification unit 1 1 2), valve type, humidifier and humidity sensor. In other embodiments of the LOC device, these functional portions may be omitted, but additional functional portions may be added or the functional portions may be used for different purposes than those described above. For example, the culture portion 114 can be used as the first amplification portion 11 2 of the tandem amplification analysis system, and the chemical lysis reagent reservoir 56 is used to add the first amplification primer 'dNTP and buffer The mixture, and reagent reservoir 58 are used to add reverse transcriptase and/or polymerase. If the sample is to be chemically lysed, a chemical lysis reagent (along with the amplification mixture) may also be added to the reservoir 56' or alternatively, the sample may be heated for a predetermined period of time to cause thermal dissolution in the culture section. Cell. In some embodiments, if chemical lysis is desired and it is desired to separate the chemical lysis reagent from the mixture of primers, dNTPs, and buffer, an additional reservoir can be introduced upstream of the reservoir 58 immediately adjacent to the mixture. In some cases it may be desirable to omit the steps, such as the culturing step 291. In this case, the 〇C device may be specially fabricated to avoid the reagent reservoir 58 and the culture portion 114, or may simply not be loaded with the reagent, or If an active valve is present, the active valve is not activated to release the reagent into the sample stream. Thus, the culture portion becomes a passage for transferring only the sample from the lysis unit 30 to the amplification portion 112. The heater can be operated independently, so when the reaction depends on -39 - 201219770 heating - such as hot lysis reaction, setting the heater not to start during this step ensures that hot lysis does not occur in LOC devices that do not require hot lysis in. The dialysis section 70 can be located at the beginning of the fluid system within the microfluidic device as shown in Figure 4 or can be located at any other location within the microfluidic device. For example, in some cases, it may be advantageous to dialyze after the amplification phase 2 92 to remove cellular debris prior to the hybridization and detection step 294. Alternatively, two or more dialysis sections can be inserted at any location in the LOC device. Similarly, it is possible to inject additional amplifications 1 1 2 so that the multiplex targets can be amplified simultaneously or sequentially before being detected by the specific nucleic acid probes in the hybridization chamber array 1 1 。. It is not necessary to perform dialysis for analyzing a sample such as whole blood, so the dialysis portion 70 is simply omitted from the sample input and preparation portion 28 of the LOC design. In some cases, it is not necessary to omit the dialysis section 70 of the LOC device, even if the analysis does not require dialysis. If the presence of the dialysis section does not cause a geometrical impediment to the analysis, the sample input and preparation section can still be used to have the LOC of the dialysis section 70 without losing the desired function. In addition, the detection portion 294 can include a protein body array array that is identical to the hybrid chamber array but carries a probe that is designed to conjugate or hybridize to a sample target protein present in the non-amplified sample, rather than a design A nucleic acid probe for hybridization to a target nucleic acid sequence. It will be appreciated that the LOC devices manufactured for use with this diagnostic system are different combinations of functional components selected for a particular LOC application. The vast majority of functional units are the same for many LOC devices, and the design of additional LOC devices for new applications relates to the combination of appropriate functional components from the various functional options used in existing LOC devices. -40- 201219770 Only a few LOC devices are shown in this description. More LOC devices are illustrated in a diagram to illustrate the design flexibility of the L 0 C device manufactured for this system. Those skilled in the art will readily appreciate that the LOC devices described in this specification are not exhaustive, and that many additional LOC designs are related to integrating appropriate functional combinations. Sample Type LOC Variants can accept and analyze a variety of nucleic acid or protein contents in a liquid form, including but not limited to blood and blood products, saliva, cerebrospinal fluid 'urine, semen, amniotic fluid' umbilical cord , breast milk, sweat, pleural effusion, tears, pericardial fluid 'peritoneal fluid, environmental water samples and dip samples. Amplicon obtained from macroscopic nucleic acid amplification can also be analyzed using the LOC device; in this case, all reagent reservoirs will be empty or configured to not release their contents, and the dialysis, lysis The culture and amplification section will only be used to deliver the sample from the sample inlet 68 to the hybridization chamber 180 for nucleic acid detection as described above. Some sample types require a pre-treatment step prior to input into the LOC device. For example, semen may require liquefaction and mucus may require pre-treatment with enzyme to reduce viscosity. Sample input

參照圖1及1 2,樣品被添加至測試模組1 〇之大容器 24。該大容器24係經截短之圓錐體,其藉由毛細作用饋 入LOC裝置301之入口 68。樣品於此處流入64μιη寬X -41 - 201219770 6 0 μηι深之上蓋通道94中,並亦藉由毛細作用被吸引至抗 凝血劑貯器54。 試劑貯器 使用微流體裝置諸如LOC裝置301之分析系統所需 之小量試劑,允許該等試劑貯器以各個具有小體積之試劑 貯器包含生化處理所需之所有試劑。此體積一定小於· 1,000,000,000立方微米,多半小於 3〇〇,〇〇〇,〇〇〇立方微 米,通常小於70,000,000立方微米,而以圖式顯示之 LOC裝置301而言小於20,000,000立方微米。 透析部 參照圖15至21、33及34,病原體透析部70係經設 計以濃縮來自樣品之病原體標靶細胞。如前所述,複數個 在頂部層66中呈3微米直徑洞口之孔1 64過濾來自樣品 主體之標靶細胞。當樣品流經3微米直徑之孔1 6 4時,微 生物病原體通過洞口而進入一系列透析MST通道204並 經由1 6 μ m透析上升孔1 6 8流回標靶通道7 4中(見圖3 3 及3 4)。剩餘之樣品(紅血球等)留在上蓋通道94中。於病 原體透析部70之下游’上蓋通道94變成通往廢料儲器 76之廢料通道72。對於產生大量廢物之生物樣品類型, 測試模組1 0之外殼1 3內之泡沫體(f 0 a m)插入物或其他多 孔元件49係經配置成與廢料貯器76呈流體相通(見圖 • 42- 201219770 病原體透析部70之功能完全依賴流體樣品之毛細作 用。在病原體透析部70上游端之直徑3微米之孔1 64具 有毛細起始特徵(CIF) 166 (見圖33),以使流體被向下吸 引至其下方之透析MST通道204之中。標靶通道74之第 —上升孔198亦具有CIF 2 02(見圖15)以防止流體在透析 上升孔1 68輕易地形成彎液面。 圖74槪要顯示之小組分透析部682可具有與病原體 透析部70類似之結構。該小組分透析部藉由孔之大小(及 形狀若有需要)以分離來自樣品之任何小標靶細胞或分 子,該孔適合允許小標靶細胞或分子通過進入標靶通道並 繼續進一步分析。大尺寸之細胞或分子被移除至廢料貯器 766。因此,該LOC裝置30 (見圖1及98)並不受限於分 離尺寸小於3 μπι之病原體,亦可用於分離任何所欲尺寸 之細胞或分子。 溶胞部 再次參照圖7、1 1及1 3,樣品中之基因物質係藉化 學溶胞處理自細胞釋出。如上所述,來自溶胞貯器56之 溶胞試劑係與溶胞貯器5 6之表面張力閥1 2 8下游之標靶 通道74中之樣品流混合。然而,一些診斷分析較適合使 用熱溶胞處理,或甚至是標靶細胞之化學及熱溶胞的組 合。該LOC裝置301將此配合培養部114之加熱微通道 2 1 〇。該樣品流充滿培養部1 1 4並停止於沸騰啓動同 1 〇6。該培養微通道2 1 0將樣品加熱至細胞膜破裂之溫 -43- 201219770 度。 在一些熱溶胞應用中不需要化學溶胞部130中之酶 應,由熱溶胞完全取代化學溶胞部1 3 0中之酶反應。 沸騰啓動閥 如上所述,該LOC裝置301具有三個沸騰啓動 126、106及108。這些閥之位置係顯示於圖6。圖31 單獨顯示之沸騰啓動閥108之放大平面圖,其位於擴增 112之加熱微通道158之末端。 該樣品流1 1 9藉由毛細作用被吸引通過該加熱微通 1 5 8直至到達該沸騰啓動閥1 08。該樣品流之前導灣液 120固定於該閥入口 146之彎液面錨定器98。該彎液面 定器98之幾何形狀停止該前進彎液面以阻止毛細作 流。如圖3 1及3 2中所示,該彎液面錨定器98係由 MST通道90至上蓋通道94之上升開口所提供之孔。 彎液面120之表面張力使該閥保持閉合。環形加熱器】 位於閥入口 146之周圍。該環形加熱器152係經由沸騰 動閥加熱器接點1 5 3而受C Μ Ο S控制。 要打開該閥,該CMOS電路86傳送電脈衝至該閥 熱器接點1 53。該環形加熱器丨52經電阻加熱直到該液 樣品119沸騰爲止。該沸騰使彎液面120自閥入口 146 除並開始濕潤上蓋通道94。一旦開始濕潤該上蓋通 94 ’便可恢復毛細作用。該流體樣品1 1 9充滿上蓋通 9 4且流經閥下降口 1 5 0至閥出口 1 4 8,該處之毛細作用 反 閥 爲 部 道 面 固 用 白 該 52 啓 加 體 移 道 道 驅 -44- 201219770 動之液流繼續沿著擴增部出口通道1 6 0前進至雜交及檢測 部52。液體感測器1 74被置於該閥之前及之後以供診斷 之用。 將了解的是’一旦沸騰啓動閥被打開就無法再被關 上。然而由於該LOC裝置3 〇丨及該測試模組1 〇係單次使 用裝置,因此不需要再關閉該閥。 培養部及核酸擴增部 圖 6、 7、 13、 14、 23、 24、 25、 35 至 45、 50 及 51 顯示培養部Π4及擴增部112。培養部114具有單一條加 熱培養微通道210’其係於MST通道層100中經蝕刻成 彎繞圖案’始於下降口 134及終於沸騰啓動閥106 (見圖 1 3及1 4)。控制培養部1 1 4之溫度能讓酶反應以更高效率 發生。類似地’擴增部1 1 2具有始於沸騰啓動閥1 06通向 沸騰啓動閥108之呈彎繞結構之加熱擴增微通道158 (見 圖6及14)。當混合、培養及核酸擴增發生時,這些閥停 止液流,以保留該等標靶細胞於該經加熱之培養或擴增微 通道210或158中。該等微通道之彎繞圖案亦促進(在某 種程度上)標靶細胞與試劑之混合。 在該培養部1 1 4及擴增部1 1 2中,樣品細胞及試劑係 經由使用脈衝寬度調變(PWM)之CMOS電路86所控制之 加熱器1 54加熱。該經加熱之培養微通道2 1 0及擴增微通 道158之彎繞結構的每個彎道具有三個可獨立操作之加熱 器154(延伸於彼等之個別加熱器接點156之間(見圖 -45- 201219770 1 4)),其提供輸入熱通量密度之二維控制。如最佳於圖5 1 中所示者,該加熱器1 54係由頂部層66支持並包埋於下 密封層64。該加熱器之材料爲TiAl,但許多其他的傳導 性金屬也適用。該長型加熱器1 54係與形成彎繞結構之寬 彎道的各通道部之縱向長度平行。於擴增部112中,各個 寬彎道可經由個別加熱器控制以作爲分開之PCR室。 使用微流體裝置諸如LOC裝置301之分析系統所需 之小體積的擴增子,允許於擴增部Μ 2中使用小體積之擴 增混合物以供擴增。此體積一定小於400奈升,多半小於 170奈升,通常小於70奈升,而以該LOC裝置301爲例 係介於2奈升至30奈升。 加熱速率增加及較佳擴散混合 各通道部的小截面積提高擴增流體混合物之加熱速 率。所有流體與加熱器1 54之間的距離都相當短。減少該 通道截面積(即擴增微通道158截面)至小於1 00,000平方 微米相較於“大規模”設備可達顯著較高之加熱速率。微 影製造技術使得該擴增微通道158具有小於1 6,000平方 微米之橫越液流路徑之截面積,其提供實質上較高之加熱 速率。利用微影製造技術可輕易地獲得1微米級之尺寸特 徵。若僅需要非常小量之擴增子(以LOC裝置301而言), 可使該截面積減少至小於2,500平方微米。以在具有 1,000至2,000個探針之LOC裝置上進行且要求在1分鐘 內"輸入樣品、得到結果”之診斷分析而言,介於400平 -46- 201219770 方微米至1平方微米之間的橫越流體之截面積係爲適當。 在擴增微通道1 5 8中之加熱器元件以每秒大於8 〇絕 對溫度(K)之速率加熱核酸序列,大多數之情況下爲每秒 大於100 K之速率。通常該加熱器元件以每秒大於1〇〇〇 K之速率加熱核酸序列,且該加熱器元件經常以每秒大於 1 0 000 K之速率加熱核酸序列。通常根據分析系統之需 求,該加熱器元件以每秒大於100,000 K、每秒大於 1.000. 000 κ、每秒大於 1 0,000,000 K、每秒大於 20.000. 000 K、每秒大於 40,000,000 κ、每秒大於 8〇, 〇〇〇, 〇〇〇 κ及每秒大於160,〇〇〇,〇〇〇 K之速率加熱核酸 序列。 小截面積通道亦有益於任何試劑與樣品流體之擴散性 混合。於擴散性混合完成之前,一種液體擴散至另一液體 之現象在靠近兩液體間之界面處最爲顯著。濃度隨著與界 面之距離增加而減少。使用具有相對微小之橫越流體方向 之截面積的微通道使兩種流體流動靠近界面以更爲快速地 擴散混合。減少該通道截面積至小於100,000平方微米相 較於“大規模”設備可達顯著較高之混合速率。微影製造 技術允許微通道之橫越液流路徑之截面積小於1 6 0 0 0平方 微米,其提供顯著較高之混合速率。若僅需要非常小量之 體積(以LOC裝置301而言),可使該截面積減少至小於 2500平方微米。以在具有1〇〇〇至2000個探針之LOC裝 置上進行且要求在1分鐘內“輸入樣品、得到結果”之診 斷分析而言,介於400平方微米至1平方微米之間的橫越 -47- 201219770 流體之截面積係爲適當。 快速熱循環時間 使樣品混合物保持接近加熱器且使用極小之流體量得 以在核酸擴增期間進行快速之熱循環。以最多150驗基對 (bp)長度之標靶序列而言’每次熱循環(即變性、黏著及 引子延伸)係於不到30秒內完成。在絕大多數之診斷分析 中,該個別熱循環時間係小於1 1秒,大部分係小於4 秒。以進行一些最常見診斷分析之LOC裝置30而言,最 多150鹼基對(bp)畏之標靶序列的熱循環時間係介於〇45 秒至1 . 5秒之間。此速度之熱循環允許該測試模組能在遠 短於1 〇分鐘之內完成核酸擴增程序;通常不到2 2 0秒即 可完成。針對大多數分析而言,該擴增部在樣品流體進入 樣品入口 80秒以內產生足夠之擴增子。許多分析在3〇秒 內即產生足夠之擴增子。 當完成預設數目之擴增循環時,該擴增子係經由沸騰 啓動閥108饋入雜交及檢測部52。 雜交室 圖52、53、54、56及57顯示在雜交室陣列11〇中之 雜交室1 80。該雜交及檢測部52具有24 X 45陣列1 10 之雜交室180’該雜交室各具有雜交-反應性FRET探針 186、加熱器元件182及整合之光電二極體184。該光電 一極體1 8 4係經倂入以檢測由標祀核酸序列或蛋白質與該 -48- 201219770 FRET探針186雜交所產生之螢光。各個光電二極體184 係由CMOS電路86獨立控制。在該FRET探針1 86與該 光電二極體1 84之間的任何物質必須可被發射光穿透。因 此,在該探針186與光電二極體184之間的壁部97亦可 被發射光光學穿透。於LOC裝置301中,壁部97爲二氧 化矽之薄層(約〇·5微米)。 於各雜交室180下方直接倂入光電二極體184允許由 雖然極小之探針-標靶雜交體體積但仍產生可檢測之螢光 信號(見圖5 4)。該小量允許使用小體積之雜交室。可檢測 之探針-標靶雜交體之量所需之雜交前之探針量一定小於 270微微克(picogram)(對應900,000立方微米),於大多 數的情況中小於60微微克(對應200,000立方微米),通常 小於12微微克(對應40,000立方微米),並以隨附圖式所 示之LOC裝置301爲例係小於2.7微微克(對應9,000立 方微米之室體積)。當然,縮小雜交室之尺寸容許更高密 度之室’因此容許該LOC裝置具有更多探針。於LOC裝 置301中’該雜交部在1,50〇微米乘1,500微米之面積內 具有超過1,〇〇〇個室(即每個室小於2,250平方微米)。較 小之體積亦減少反應時間,因此雜交及檢測可更爲快速。 另一個在各室中需要少量探針之優點在於,在製造該LOC 裝置期間僅需點樣極小量之探針溶液至各室之中。本發明 之LOC裝置之實施態樣可利用體積10-»2或更少之探針溶 液點樣。 於核酸擴增之後,沸騰啓動閥108被啓動且該擴增子 -49- 201219770 沿著流路176流動並流進各雜交室180 (見圖52及56)。 終點液體感測器1 7 8顯示雜交室1 8 0充滿擴增子及可啓動 加熱器182之時點。 經過充分之雜交時間後,LED 26 (見圖2)係經啓動。 各雜交室180中之開口設有光窗136以暴露FRET探針 186至激發輻射(見圖52、54及56)。該LED 26發光夠長 的時間以誘發來自探針之高強度螢光信號。於激發期間, 光電二極體184短路(shorted)。經預編程延遲300 (見圖2) 之後,該光電二極體184係在無激發光存在下被致能 (enabled)及檢測螢光發射。在該光電二極體184之主動區 185 (見圖54)上的入射光轉換成接著可利用CMOS電路 8 6測量之光電流。 雜交室1 80各載有供檢測單一標靶核酸序列之探針。 若有需要,各雜交室180可載有檢測超過1,000種不同標 靶之探針。或者,許多或所有雜交室可載有相同探針以重 複檢測相同之標靶核酸。以此方式在雜交室陣列11 0中複 製探針導致所獲得之結果的可信度增加,若希望可藉由合 倂相鄰該些雜交室之光電二極體的結果以提供單一結果。 熟此技藝者將了解,於雜交室陣列110上有可能具有1至 超過1,000種不同的探針,依據該分析規格而定。 增濕器及溼度感測器 圖6之AG區指示增濕器1 96的位置。增濕器防止試 劑及探針在L0C裝置301操作期間蒸發。最佳如圖55之 -50- 201219770 放大圖所示,貯水器1 8 8係與三個蒸發器1 90流體相 貯水器1 8 8盛裝分子生物等級用水且於製造期間被密 最佳如圖55及67所示,水藉由毛.細作用被抽吸至三 降口 1 94且沿著個別供水通道1 92到達蒸發器1 90之 上升口 1 93組。彎液面固定於各個上升口 1 93以保留 蒸發器具有環形加熱器191,其環繞上升口 193。該 加熱器191係藉由導電柱376連接至CMOS電路86 金屬層195 (見圖37)。於啓動時,環形加熱器191加 水使之蒸發並濕潤周圍的裝置。 圖6亦顯示溼度感測器232之位置。然而,最佳 63之AH區的放大圖所示,該溼度感測器具有電容式 結構。經微影蝕刻之第一電極296與經微影蝕刻之第 極298彼此相對,使得彼等之齒交插。該相對之電極 電容器,其具有可由CMOS電路86監測之電容。隨 度增加,該等電極間之空氣隙的電容率增加,致使電 增加。該溼度感測器232係鄰接雜交室陣列1 1 〇,該 溼度測量至爲重要以減緩含有該暴露探針之溶液蒸發 反饋感測器 溫度及液體感測器被倂入L Ο C裝置3 0 1各處以 裝置操作期間之反饋及診斷。參照圖3 5,九個溫度 器170被分配至擴增部112各處。同樣地,培養部1 具有九個溫度感測器1 70。這些感測器各使用2x2陣 雙極接面電晶體(BJT)以監測流體溫度及提供反 通。 封。 個下 三個 水。 環形 之頂 熱該 如圖 梳狀 二電 形成 著溼 容亦 處之 提供 感測 14亦 列之 饋至 -51 - 201219770 C Μ O S電路8 6。該c Μ 0 S電路8 6利用此以準確地控制核 酸擴增期間的熱循環以及熱溶胞及培養期間之任何加熱。 於雜交室180中,CMOS電路86使用雜交加熱器182 作爲溫度感測器(見圖56)。該雜交加熱器182之電阻係溫 度依賴性,且該CMOS電路86利用此以導出各雜交室 180之溫度讀數。 該LOC裝置301亦具有一些MST通道液體感測器 174及上蓋通道液體感測器208。圖35顯示在加熱微通道 1 58之每隔一個彎道之一端的一排MST通道液體感測器 174。最佳如圖37所示,該MST通道液體感測器174係 由該CMOS結構86中之頂金屬層195之暴露區域所形成 之一對電極。液體封閉電極間的電流以指示其存在於感測 器的位置。 圖25顯示上蓋通道液體感測器208之放大透視圖。 相對之TiAl電極對218及220係沉積於頂部層66上。在 電極2 1 8及22 0之間爲間隙222,該間隙用於在缺少液體 之情況下保持電路開啓。液體存在時關閉該電路且該 CMOS電路86利用此反饋以監測流動。 非重力依賴性 測試模組1 〇係非方向依賴性。該等模組不需被固定 至平穩表面才能操作。因毛細作用驅動之流體流以及不須 連接至輔助設備之外部管路,使該模組確實爲可攜式並可 簡易地插入至類似的可攜式手持閱讀器,諸如行動電話。 -52- 201219770 具有非重力依賴性之操作代表該等測試模組亦有助於獨立 於所有實用範圍。彼等可耐受衝擊及振動,它們能在移動 之載具上操作,或是當行動電話在移動時操作。 核酸擴增變體Referring to Figures 1 and 12, the sample is added to the large container 24 of the test module 1 . The large container 24 is a truncated cone that is fed by capillary action into the inlet 68 of the LOC unit 301. The sample is here flowed into a 64 μιη wide X-41 - 201219770 6 0 μηι deep cap channel 94 and is also attracted to the anticoagulant reservoir 54 by capillary action. Reagent Reservoirs A small amount of reagents required for the analysis system of a microfluidic device, such as LOC device 301, are used to allow the reagent reservoirs to contain all of the reagents required for biochemical treatment in each of the reagent reservoirs having a small volume. This volume must be less than · 1,000,000,000 cubic microns, mostly less than 3 inches, 〇〇〇, 〇〇〇 cubic microns, typically less than 70,000,000 cubic microns, and less than 20,000,000 cubic microns for the LOC device 301 shown in the figures. . Dialysis Section Referring to Figures 15 through 21, 33 and 34, the pathogen dialysis section 70 is designed to concentrate pathogen target cells from the sample. As previously described, a plurality of wells 1 64 having a 3 micron diameter opening in the top layer 66 filter the target cells from the sample body. As the sample flows through the 3 μm diameter hole 164, the microbial pathogen enters a series of dialysis MST channels 204 through the opening and flows back to the target channel 7 4 via the 16 μm dialysis rising hole 168 (see Figure 3). 3 and 3 4). The remaining sample (red blood cells, etc.) remains in the upper cover channel 94. Downstream of the pathogen dialysis section 70, the upper cover passage 94 becomes a waste passage 72 to the waste reservoir 76. For a biological sample type that produces a large amount of waste, the foam (f 0 am) insert or other porous element 49 in the outer casing 13 of the test module 10 is configured to be in fluid communication with the waste receptacle 76 (see Figure • 42- 201219770 The function of the pathogen dialysis section 70 is entirely dependent on the capillary action of the fluid sample. The 3 micron diameter hole 1 64 at the upstream end of the pathogen dialysis section 70 has a capillary initiation feature (CIF) 166 (see Figure 33) to allow fluid It is drawn downward into the dialysis MST channel 204 below it. The first rising hole 198 of the target channel 74 also has a CIF 02 (see Figure 15) to prevent fluid from forming a meniscus easily in the dialysis rising hole 1 68. The small component dialysis section 682 shown in Fig. 74 may have a structure similar to that of the pathogen dialysis section 70. The small component dialysis section separates the small target cells from the sample by the size (and shape if necessary) of the pores. Alternatively, the pores are adapted to allow small target cells or molecules to pass through the target channel and continue to be further analyzed. Large size cells or molecules are removed to waste reservoir 766. Thus, the LOC device 30 (see Figures 1 and 98) )and Limited to pathogens with a size less than 3 μm, can also be used to isolate cells or molecules of any desired size. The lysate is again referred to Figures 7, 11 and 13 and the genetic material in the sample is treated by chemical lysis. The cells are released. As described above, the lysing reagent from the lysate 56 is mixed with the sample stream in the target channel 74 downstream of the surface tension valve 126 of the lysis reservoir. However, some diagnostic assays It is more suitable to use hot lysis treatment, or even a combination of chemical and thermal lysis of target cells. The LOC device 301 mixes the heated microchannels of the culture portion 114. The sample stream is filled with the culture portion 1 1 4 And stop at the boiling start with the same 〇6. The culture microchannel 2 10 heats the sample to the temperature of the cell membrane rupture -43-201219770 degrees. In some hot lysis applications, the enzyme in the chemical lysis unit 130 is not required, The enzymatic reaction in the chemical lysis section 130 is completely replaced by hot lysis. Boiling Start Valve As described above, the LOC unit 301 has three boiling starts 126, 106 and 108. The positions of these valves are shown in Figure 6. Figure 31 shows the boiling start valve 1 separately An enlarged plan view of 08, located at the end of the heating microchannel 158 of the amplification 112. The sample stream 1 1 9 is attracted by capillary action through the heating micropass 1 58 until the boiling start valve 108 is reached. The former guiding fluid 120 is fixed to the meniscus anchor 98 of the valve inlet 146. The geometry of the meniscus 98 stops the advancing meniscus to prevent capillary flow. See Figures 31 and 32. As shown, the meniscus anchor 98 is a hole provided by the MST channel 90 to the raised opening of the upper cover channel 94. The surface tension of the meniscus 120 keeps the valve closed. The ring heater is located around the valve inlet 146. The ring heater 152 is controlled by C Μ Ο S via the boiling valve heater contact 1 5 3 . To open the valve, the CMOS circuit 86 delivers an electrical pulse to the heater contact 153. The annular heater crucible 52 is heated by electrical resistance until the liquid sample 119 is boiled. This boiling causes the meniscus 120 to be removed from the valve inlet 146 and begin to wet the upper cover passage 94. The capillary action is restored once the upper cover is opened 94'. The fluid sample 1 1 9 is filled with the upper cover 9 4 and flows through the valve lowering port 1 50 to the valve outlet 1 4 8 , and the capillary action counter valve at this point is the side surface fixing white 52 the opening body track drive - 44-201219770 The flow of the motion continues to advance to the hybridization and detection unit 52 along the expansion outlet channel 160. Liquid sensor 1 74 is placed before and after the valve for diagnostic purposes. It will be understood that once the boiling start valve is opened, it can no longer be closed. However, since the LOC device 3 and the test module 1 are used in a single use, it is not necessary to close the valve. Culture section and nucleic acid amplification section Figs. 6, 7, 13, 14, 23, 24, 25, 35 to 45, 50, and 51 show the culture section Π4 and the amplification section 112. The culture portion 114 has a single strip of heated culture microchannel 210' which is etched into the MST channel layer 100 and etched into a meandering pattern 134 starting at the lowering port 134 and finally boiling the activation valve 106 (see Figures 13 and 14). Controlling the temperature of the culture section 1 14 allows the enzyme reaction to occur with higher efficiency. Similarly, the amplifying portion 112 has a heated augmentation microchannel 158 (see Figs. 6 and 14) that begins in a curved structure with the boiling start valve 106 leading to the boiling start valve 108. When mixing, culture, and nucleic acid amplification occurs, the valves stop the flow to retain the target cells in the heated culture or amplification microchannel 210 or 158. The curved pattern of the microchannels also promotes (to some extent) the mixing of the target cells with the reagents. In the culture unit 1 14 and the amplification unit 1 1 2, the sample cells and reagents are heated by a heater 1 54 controlled by a pulse width modulation (PWM) CMOS circuit 86. Each curved corner of the heated culture microchannel 210 and the expanded microchannel 158 has three independently operable heaters 154 extending between the individual heater contacts 156 (see Figure-45-201219770 1 4)), which provides two-dimensional control of the input heat flux density. As best shown in Figure 51, the heater 154 is supported by the top layer 66 and embedded in the lower sealing layer 64. The material of the heater is TiAl, but many other conductive metals are also suitable. The elongated heater 154 is parallel to the longitudinal length of each of the channel portions forming the wide curve of the curved structure. In the amplification section 112, each wide curve can be controlled via a separate heater as a separate PCR chamber. The use of a small volume of amplicons required for the analysis system of a microfluidic device, such as LOC device 301, allows the use of a small volume of amplification mixture for amplification in the amplification section. This volume must be less than 400 nanoliters, mostly less than 170 nanoliters, typically less than 70 nanoliters, and the LOC device 301 is typically between 2 nanoliters and 30 nanoliters. Increasing heating rate and better diffusion mixing The small cross-sectional area of each channel portion increases the heating rate of the augmentation fluid mixture. The distance between all fluids and heaters 154 is quite short. Reducing the cross-sectional area of the channel (i.e., the cross-section of the augmented microchannel 158) to less than 100,000 square microns provides a significantly higher heating rate than a "large scale" device. The lithography manufacturing technique provides the amplifying microchannel 158 with a cross-sectional area across the flow path of less than 1 6,000 square microns which provides a substantially higher heating rate. Dimensional features of 1 micron size can be easily obtained using lithography manufacturing techniques. If only a very small amount of amplicons are required (in the case of LOC device 301), the cross-sectional area can be reduced to less than 2,500 square microns. For a diagnostic analysis performed on a LOC device with 1,000 to 2,000 probes and requiring "input samples, results" in 1 minute, between 400 and 46 - 201219770 square micrometers to 1 square micrometer The cross-sectional area of the traversing fluid is appropriate. The heater element in the amplification microchannel 158 heats the nucleic acid sequence at a rate of greater than 8 每秒 absolute temperature (K) per second, in most cases per The second is greater than the rate of 100 K. Typically the heater element heats the nucleic acid sequence at a rate greater than 1 〇〇〇K per second, and the heater element often heats the nucleic acid sequence at a rate of greater than 1 000 K per second. The system requires the heater element to be greater than 100,000 K per second, greater than 1.000 0.000 κ per second, greater than 10,000,000 K per second, greater than 20.000 000 K per second, greater than 40,000,000 κ per second, greater than 8 每秒 per second,核酸, 〇〇〇κ and the nucleic acid sequence at a rate greater than 160, 〇〇〇, 〇〇〇 K per second. The small cross-sectional channel is also beneficial for the diffusion mixing of any reagent with the sample fluid. prior to, The phenomenon that the liquid diffuses to another liquid is most pronounced at the interface between the two liquids. The concentration decreases as the distance from the interface increases. Two types of microchannels having a relatively small cross-sectional area across the fluid direction are used. The fluid flows close to the interface for faster diffusion mixing. Reducing the cross-sectional area of the channel to less than 100,000 square microns provides a significantly higher mixing rate than "large scale" equipment. The lithography manufacturing technique allows the traversing of the microchannel The cross-sectional area of the flow path is less than 1 600 square microns, which provides a significantly higher mixing rate. If only a very small volume is required (in the case of the LOC device 301), the cross-sectional area can be reduced to less than 2,500 square feet. Micron. Between 400 square microns and 1 square micron for diagnostic analysis on a LOC device with 1 to 2000 probes and requiring "input sample, result" in 1 minute Cross-47- 201219770 The cross-sectional area of the fluid is appropriate. The rapid thermal cycle time keeps the sample mixture close to the heater and uses a very small amount of fluid to allow for nucleic acid amplification. Rapid thermal cycling during the period. For each target sequence of up to 150 base pairs (bp) length, each thermal cycle (ie, denaturation, adhesion, and extension of the primer) is completed in less than 30 seconds. In the diagnostic analysis, the individual thermal cycle time is less than 11 seconds, and most of the system is less than 4 seconds. For the LOC device 30 for some of the most common diagnostic analyses, up to 150 base pairs (bp) of the target sequence The thermal cycle time is between 〇45 seconds and 1.5 seconds. The thermal cycling of this speed allows the test module to complete the nucleic acid amplification procedure in much less than 1 minute; usually less than 2 2 0 It can be done in seconds. For most analyses, the amplification produces enough amplicons within 80 seconds of the sample fluid entering the sample inlet. Many assays produce enough amplicons in 3 seconds. When a predetermined number of amplification cycles are completed, the amplicon is fed to the hybridization and detection portion 52 via the boiling start valve 108. Hybridization Chambers Figures 52, 53, 54, 56 and 57 show hybridization chambers 1 80 in the hybrid chamber array 11〇. The hybridization and detection unit 52 has a 24 x 45 array 1 10 hybridization chamber 180'. Each of the hybridization chambers has a hybrid-reactive FRET probe 186, a heater element 182, and an integrated photodiode 184. The photodiode 1 8 4 is introgressed to detect fluorescence produced by hybridization of the labeled nucleic acid sequence or protein to the -48-201219770 FRET probe 186. Each photodiode 184 is independently controlled by a CMOS circuit 86. Any substance between the FRET probe 186 and the photodiode 1 84 must be transparent to the emitted light. Therefore, the wall portion 97 between the probe 186 and the photodiode 184 can also be optically transmitted by the emitted light. In the LOC device 301, the wall portion 97 is a thin layer of ruthenium dioxide (about 5 μm). Direct incorporation of photodiode 184 beneath each hybridization chamber 180 allows for a detectable fluorescent signal to be produced by the extremely small probe-target hybrid volume (see Figure 5 4). This small amount allows the use of a small volume of hybridization chamber. The amount of detectable probe-target hybrid required for pre-hybridization probes must be less than 270 picograms (corresponding to 900,000 cubic micrometers), in most cases less than 60 picograms (corresponding to 200,000 cubic meters) Micron), typically less than 12 picograms (corresponding to 40,000 cubic micrometers), and is less than 2.7 picograms (corresponding to a chamber volume of 9,000 cubic micrometers), as exemplified by the LOC device 301 shown in the drawings. Of course, reducing the size of the hybridization chamber allows for a higher density chamber' thus allowing the LOC device to have more probes. In the LOC device 301, the hybrid portion has more than one, and one chamber (i.e., less than 2,250 square microns per chamber) in an area of 1,50 Å micrometers by 1,500 micrometers. Smaller volumes also reduce reaction time, so hybridization and detection can be faster. Another advantage of requiring a small number of probes in each chamber is that only a very small amount of probe solution needs to be spotted into each chamber during manufacture of the LOC device. Embodiments of the LOC device of the present invention can be spotted using a probe solution having a volume of 10-»2 or less. After nucleic acid amplification, the boiling start valve 108 is activated and the amplicon -49 - 201219770 flows along the flow path 176 and flows into each of the hybridization chambers 180 (see Figures 52 and 56). The endpoint liquid sensor 178 shows the point at which the hybridization chamber 180 is filled with the amplicon and the heater 182 can be activated. After a sufficient hybridization time, LED 26 (see Figure 2) is activated. The opening in each hybrid chamber 180 is provided with a light window 136 to expose the FRET probe 186 to the excitation radiation (see Figures 52, 54 and 56). The LED 26 emits light for a time long enough to induce a high intensity fluorescent signal from the probe. Photodiode 184 is shorted during excitation. After a preprogrammed delay 300 (see Figure 2), the photodiode 184 is enabled and detects fluorescent emissions in the absence of excitation light. The incident light on the active region 185 (see Fig. 54) of the photodiode 184 is converted into a photocurrent which can then be measured by the CMOS circuit 86. Hybridization chambers 1 80 each carry a probe for detecting a single target nucleic acid sequence. Each hybridization chamber 180 can carry probes that detect more than 1,000 different targets, if desired. Alternatively, many or all of the hybridization chambers may carry the same probe to repeatedly detect the same target nucleic acid. Copying the probes in the hybridization chamber array 110 in this manner results in increased confidence in the results obtained, if desired to provide a single result by combining the results of the photodiodes adjacent to the hybridization chambers. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that there may be from 1 to more than 1,000 different probes on the hybrid chamber array 110, depending on the analytical specifications. Humidifier and Humidity Sensor The AG zone of Figure 6 indicates the location of the humidifier 1 96. The humidifier prevents the reagents and probes from evaporating during operation of the L0C device 301. The best as shown in Figure 55-50-201219770 enlarged view, the water reservoir 1 8 8 series with three evaporators 1 90 fluid phase water storage device 1 8 8 contains molecular biological grade water and is best sealed during manufacturing As indicated by 55 and 67, water is drawn to the three lowerings 1 94 by capillary action and to the riser 1 93 of the evaporator 1 90 along the individual water supply passages 1 92. The meniscus is fixed to each of the risers 1 93 to retain the evaporator having a ring heater 191 which surrounds the riser 193. The heater 191 is connected to the metal layer 195 of the CMOS circuit 86 by a conductive post 376 (see Figure 37). At startup, the ring heater 191 adds water to evaporate and wet the surrounding devices. Figure 6 also shows the location of the humidity sensor 232. However, as shown in the enlarged view of the AH zone of the optimum 63, the humidity sensor has a capacitive structure. The lithographically etched first electrode 296 and the lithographically etched first pole 298 are opposite each other such that their teeth are interleaved. The opposing electrode capacitor has a capacitance that can be monitored by CMOS circuit 86. As the degree increases, the permittivity of the air gap between the electrodes increases, resulting in an increase in power. The humidity sensor 232 is adjacent to the hybridization chamber array 1 1 , and the humidity measurement is important to slow the evaporation of the feedback sensor temperature containing the exposed probe and the liquid sensor is inserted into the L Ο C device 3 0 1 feedback and diagnosis during the operation of the device. Referring to Fig. 35, nine thermostats 170 are distributed to the amplification unit 112. Similarly, the culture section 1 has nine temperature sensors 170. These sensors each use a 2x2 array of bipolar junction transistors (BJT) to monitor fluid temperature and provide reverse. seal. Three waters. The top of the ring is heated as shown in the figure. The heat is also formed to provide the humidity. The sense is also provided. -51 - 201219770 C Μ O S circuit 8 6. The c Μ 0 S circuit 8 6 utilizes this to accurately control thermal cycling during nuclear acid amplification as well as thermal lysis and any heating during incubation. In the hybridization chamber 180, the CMOS circuit 86 uses the hybridization heater 182 as a temperature sensor (see Figure 56). The resistance of the hybrid heater 182 is temperature dependent and the CMOS circuit 86 utilizes this to derive temperature readings for each of the hybrid chambers 180. The LOC device 301 also has a number of MST channel liquid sensors 174 and an upper cover channel liquid sensor 208. Figure 35 shows a row of MST channel liquid sensors 174 at one of the other corners of the heated microchannels 1 58. As best seen in Figure 37, the MST channel liquid sensor 174 is formed by a pair of electrodes formed by exposed regions of the top metal layer 195 in the CMOS structure 86. The liquid closes the current between the electrodes to indicate their presence at the sensor. Figure 25 shows an enlarged perspective view of the upper cover channel liquid sensor 208. The TiAl electrode pairs 218 and 220 are deposited on the top layer 66. Between electrodes 2 18 and 22 0 is a gap 222 for keeping the circuit open in the absence of liquid. The circuit is turned off when the liquid is present and the CMOS circuit 86 utilizes this feedback to monitor the flow. Non-gravity dependent test module 1 is non-directional dependent. These modules do not need to be fixed to a smooth surface to operate. The fluid flow driven by the capillary action and the external tubing that does not have to be connected to the auxiliary device make the module truly portable and can be easily inserted into a similar portable handheld reader, such as a mobile phone. -52- 201219770 Operation with non-gravity dependence means that these test modules also help to be independent of all practical applications. They can withstand shock and vibration, they can operate on moving vehicles, or when the mobile phone is moving. Nucleic acid amplification variant

直接PCR 習慣上,PCR需要在製備反應混合物之前廣泛地純化 標靶DNA。然而,利用化學性質及樣品濃度之適當變 化,有可能僅需最少之DNA純化即可進行核酸擴增或直 接擴增。當該核酸擴增程序係PCR時,此方法便稱做直 接P C R。當核酸擴增係於經控制之恆溫下之LO C裝置中 進行時,此方法係直接恆溫擴增。直接核酸擴增技術用於 LOC裝置時具有顯著優勢,尤其是關於簡化所需之流體設 計。直接PCR或直接恆溫擴增之擴增化學的調整包括提 周緩衝液強度,使用具局活性及處理性(processivity)之聚 合酶及與潛在聚合酶抑制劑螯合之添加物。稀釋樣品中之 抑制劑亦爲重要的。 爲了利用直接核酸擴增技術,該LOC裝置設計倂入 兩個額外特徵。該第一特徵爲試劑貯器(例如圖8中之貯 器5 8 ),其係經適當地尺寸化以供應充分量之擴增反應混 合物或稀釋劑,以使可能干擾擴增化學之該樣品成分的最 終濃度夠低以允許成功地進行核酸擴增。該非細胞性樣品 成分之所欲稀釋倍數係介於5倍至20倍。當適當時會使 用不同的LOC結構以確認維持夠高之標靶核酸序列濃度 -53- 201219770 以供擴增及檢測,例如圖4中之病原體透析部70。於此 實施態樣中(進一步於圖6中說明),在樣品萃取部290上 游使用有效地濃縮小到得以進入擴增部2 9 2之病原體的濃 度並將較大細胞排出至廢料容器76之透析部。於另一實 施態樣中,使用透析部以選擇性地去除血漿中之蛋白質及 鹽而保留受到關注之細胞。 支持直接核酸擴增之第二LOC結構性特徵爲通道深 寬比之設計以調整該樣品及擴增混合成分之間的混合比。 舉例來說,爲確保與該樣品有關之抑制劑經由單一混合步 驟而被稀釋至較佳的5倍至20倍範圍中,該樣品及試劑 通道之長度與截面係經設計以使位於混合開始位置之上游 的樣品通道具有相較於該試劑混合物流動之通道的流阻抗 高出4倍至1 9倍之流阻抗。經由控制設計幾何可輕易地 控制微通道之流阻抗。以固定之截面積而言,微通道之流 阻抗隨通道長度呈線性增加。對於混合設計而言重要的 是,微通道中之流阻抗最主要取決於最小之截面積尺寸。 例如’當深寬比極爲不均一時,具有方形截面之微通道的 流組抗與最小垂直尺寸之立方成反比。 反轉錄酶PCR (RT-PCR) 當分析或萃取之樣品核酸種類係RNA時,諸如來自 RNA病毒或信使RNA’首先必須將RNA反轉錄爲互補 DNA (cDNA)然後才能進行PCR擴增。該反轉錄反應可於 與PCR相同之室中實施(一步驟RT-PCR),或是其可爲分 -54- 201219770 開進行之初始反應(二步驟RT-PCR)。於此所述之 體中,一步驟RT-PCR可簡單地藉由添加反轉錄j 聚合酶之試劑貯器62及程式化該加熱器1 54以: 轉錄步驟然後才進行核酸擴增步驟加以實施。二2 PCR亦可藉由利用該試劑貯器5 8以儲存及分配丨 液、引子、dNTP及反轉錄酶,利用培養部1 14 J 轉錄步驟,接著於擴增部112中以普通方式進行彳 簡單地完成。 恆溫核酸擴增 針對一些應用而言,恆溫核酸擴增係較佳之核 方法,因此該反應成分不需要經過不同溫度之重携 而是使該擴增部維持於通常約爲37。(:至41。C之恒 一些恆溫核酸擴增方法已被描述,包括股取 (SDA)、轉錄介導擴增(TMA)、核酸序歹IJ基 (NASBA)、重組酶聚合酶擴增(RPA)、解螺旋酶依 溫DNA擴增(HDA)、滾動循環擴增(RCA)、分枝 (RAM)及環媒介性恆溫擴增(LamP),這些方法中之 法或其他恆溫擴增方法可被用於此處所述之LOC 特定實施態樣中。 爲了實施恆溫核酸擴增,該鄰接擴增部之試 60及62將載有用於特定恆溫方法之適當的試劑而 有P C R擴增混合物及聚合酶。例如以s 〇 a而言, 貯器60含有擴增緩衝液、引子及dNTP,該試劑! LOC變 至含有 進行反 驟 RT-等緩衝 進行反 增加以 i酸擴增 [循環, i溫下。 代擴增 底擴增 賴性恆 型擴增 :任何方 裝置之 劑貯器 ί不是載 該試劑 貯器62 -55- 201219770 含有適當之核酸內切酶及外切-DNA聚合酶。以RPA而 言’該試劑貯器60含有擴增緩衝液、引子、dNTP及重組 酶蛋白,該試劑貯器62含有股取代DNA聚合酶,諸如 Bsu。同樣地,以HDA而言,該試劑貯器60含有擴增緩 衝液、引子及dNTP,該試劑貯器62含有適當之DNA聚 合酶及解螺旋酶以解開雙股DNA而非使用熱。熟此技藝 者將了解,可將必要試劑以任何適用於該核酸擴增法之方 式分配於該兩個試劑貯器。 以擴增來自RN A病毒諸如HIV或C型肝炎病毒之病 毒性核酸而言,NASBA或TMA係適當的因其不需先將 RNA轉錄成CDNA。於此實例中,試劑貯器60塡充有擴 增緩衝液、引子及dNTP,試劑貯器62塡充有RNA聚合 酶、反轉錄酶及任意的RNase Η。 一些恆溫核酸擴增之形式必須具有初始變性循環以分 開雙股之DNA模板,然後才維持適合恆溫核酸擴增之溫 度以利反應進行。此可於本文描述之所有LOC裝置之實 施態樣中輕易達成,因爲在擴增部1 1 2中之混合的溫度可 藉由該擴增微通道1 58中之加熱器1 54加以仔細控制(見 圖 1 4)。 恆溫核酸擴增對於樣品中潛在的抑制劑之耐受性較 高’因而通常適用於希望自樣品進行直接核酸擴增之情 況。因此,恆溫核酸擴增有時可用於分別顯示於圖75、 76 及 77 中之 LOC 變體 XLIII 673、LOC 變體 XLIV 674 及LOC變體XLVII 677等。直接恆溫擴增亦可與如圖75 -56- 201219770 及77中所示之一或多個擴增前透析步驟70 ' 6 8 6或 682 ’及/或如圖76中所示之雜交前透析步驟682組合, 以分別於核酸擴增之前幫助樣品中之標靶細胞的部份濃 縮,或是於樣品進入雜交室陣列1 1 〇前移除不想要之細胞 碎片。熟此技藝者將了解任何擴增前透析及雜交前透析之 組合皆可被使用。 恆溫核酸擴增亦可於平行的擴增部諸如圖7 1、72及 73所示意者中進行’多工及一些恆溫核酸擴增之方法諸 如LAMP係與初始反轉錄步驟相容以擴增rnA。 螢光檢測系統之其他細節 圖58及59顯示雜交-反應性FRET探針236。這些探 針經常被稱爲分子信標,係爲由單股核酸產生之莖環探 針,當與互補核酸雜交時發出螢光。圖58顯示於與標靶 核酸序列238雜交前之單一FRET探針236。該探針具有 環240、莖242、於V端之螢光團246及於3,端之淬熄劑 248。該環240係由與標靶核酸序列23 8互補之序列組 成。該探針序列兩側之互補序列黏合在一起以形成莖 242 ° 當互補性標靶序列不存在時,該探針如圖58所示維 持閉合。該莖2 4 2保持該螢光團-淬熄劑對互相靠近,以 使彼等之間可發生顯著之共振能量轉移,實質上消除該螢 光團被激發光244照射時發射螢光之能力。 圖59顯示呈打開或經雜交構型之FRET探針236。當 -57- 201219770 與互補性標靶核酸序列2 3 8雜交時,該莖環結構被破壞, 該螢光團及淬熄劑於空間上分離,因此恢復該螢光團246 發出螢光的能力。該螢光發射250係經光學檢測以作爲該 探針已雜交之指標。 該探針以極高之專一性與互補標靶雜交,因爲該探針 之莖螺旋被設計成相較於具有不互補之單一核苷酸之探 針-標靶螺旋更爲穩定。由於雙股DNA相當堅固,因此該 探針-標靶螺旋與莖螺旋不可能在立體空間中共存。 與引子連接之探針 與引子連接之莖環探針及與引子連接之線性探針(又 名蠍子型探針)係替代性之分子信標,可被用於LOC裝置 中以供即時及定量核酸擴增。即時擴增可直接在該LOC 裝置之雜交室中進行。使用與引子連接之探針之優點爲該 探針元件係實際與引子連接,因此在核酸擴增期間僅需發 生單次雜交事件而不需要分開的引子雜交及探針雜交。此 確保即時有效地反應,相較於使用分開的引子及探針時產 生更強的信號、更短的反應時間且具有更佳的識別度。該 等探針(與聚合酶及擴增混合物)將於製造期間被沉積在雜 交室180中’不需在該LOC裝置上設置分開之擴增部。 或者,該擴增部未被使用或用於其他反應。 與引子連接之線性探針 圖78及79分別顯示在第一輪核酸擴增期間與引子連 -58- 201219770 接之線性探針692及在後續核酸擴增期間呈雜交組態之與 引子連接之線性探針。參照圖7 8,該與引子連接之線性 探針692具有雙股之莖區段242。其中一股倂入與標靶核 酸上之區域696同源之與引子連接之探針序列696,且在 彼之5 '端係以螢光團246標記,在彼之3 '端係經擴增阻斷 物694與寡核苷酸引子700連接。該莖242之另一股之31 端係以淬熄劑基團248標記。在完成第一輪之核酸擴增之 後,該探針可捲起並與具有序列698 (現呈互補)之延伸股 雜交。於首輪核酸擴增期間,該寡核苷酸引子700與該標 靶DNA 23 8 (圖78)黏合然後延伸,形成含有該探針序列 及擴增產物兩者之DNA股。該擴增阻斷物694防止聚合 酶讀取及複製該探針區域696。當後續變性時,該經延伸 之寡核苷酸引子700/模板雜交體係經分離,該與引子連接 之線性探針之雙股莖242亦經分離,因此釋放淬熄劑 248。當溫度降低以進行黏合及延伸步驟時,該與引子連 接之線性探針的與引子連接之探針序列696捲起,並與該 延伸股上經擴增之互補序列69 8雜交,並可檢測出顯示該 標靶DNA存在之螢光。未經延伸的與引子連接之線性探 針保留彼之雙股莖且螢光保持淬熄。此檢測方法特別適用 於快速檢測系統,因其只需單一分子處理。 與引子連接之莖環探針 圖8 0A至80F顯示與引子連接之莖環探針704之操 作。參照圖80A,該與引子連接之莖環探針704具有互補 -59- 201219770 雙股DNA之莖242及倂有探針序列之環24〇。其中一個 莖股708之5’端係經螢光團246標記。另一股710係經 3'-端淬熄劑248標記,且帶有擴增阻斷物694及寡核苷 酸引子7 00兩者。於初始變性相期間(見圖8 0B),該標靶 核酸23 8之股分開,該與引子連接之莖環探針704之莖 242亦分開。當溫度冷卻以進行黏合相時(見圖8 0C),在 該與引子連接之莖環探針7 04上之寡核苷酸引子700與該 標靶核酸序列23 8雜交》於延伸期間(見圖80D),該標靶 核酸序列23 8之互補序列706係經合成以形成含有該探針 序列704及擴增產物兩者之DNA股。該擴增阻斷物694 防止聚合酶讀取及複製該探針區域7〇4。當該探針在變性 之後進行黏合時,該與引子連接之莖環探針之環區段240 之探針序列(見圖80F)與該延伸股上之互補序列706黏 合。此構型使得該螢光團2 4 6與淬熄劑2 4 8相距甚遠,造 成顯著增強之螢光發射。 對照探針 雜交室陣列1 1 0包括具有用於分析品質控制之陽性及 陰性對照探針之一些雜交室180。圖94及95示意說明不 含螢光團7 9 6之陰性對照探針,圖9 6及9 7顯示不含淬熄 劑798之陽性對照探針。該陽性及陰性對照探針具有如前 述之FRET探針之莖環結構。然而,不論該等探針係雜交 成爲開放構型或保持封閉,該陽性對照探針798 —定會發 射螢光信號250 ’而該陰性對照探針796永遠不發射螢光 -60- 201219770 信號2 5 0。 參照圖94及95,該陰性對照探針796不具螢光團 (其可具有或不具有淬熄劑248)。因此,不論該標靶核酸 序列2 3 8與探針雜交(見圖95)或是該探針保持彼之莖環構 型(見圖94) ’皆可忽略對激發光244之反應。或者,可設 計陰性對照探針796使得其永遠保持淬熄。舉例來說,藉 由合成具有不與該硏究樣品中之任何核酸序列雜交之探針 序列的環24〇 ’該探針分子之莖242將自行重新雜交,而 使該螢光團及淬熄劑保持緊密相鄰而不發射可見之螢光信 號。此陰性對照信號對應於來自雜交室1 8 0之少量發射, 其中該等探針未經雜交但該淬熄劑並未淬熄來自報導劑之 所有發射。 相反地’不含淬熄劑之陽性對照探針798係如圖96 及97中所示建構。不論該陽性對照探針798是否與標靶 核酸序列238雜交,皆無物質會使來自螢光團246回應激 發光244之螢光發射2 5 0淬熄。 圖5 2顯示雜交室陣列丨1 〇中陽性及陰性對照探針(分 別爲3 78及3 80)之可能分佈。該對照探針3 78及3 80被 放置在位於橫越雜交室陣列110之線上的雜交室180中。 然而’該等對照探針於陣列內之配置係任意的(如同雜交 室陣列1 1 0之組態)^ 螢光團設計 需要具有長螢光壽命之螢光團,這是爲了讓激發光有 -61 - 201219770 足夠之時間得以衰變至相較於在致能光感測器44時之螢 光發射的強度爲低之強度,藉此提供足夠之信噪比。而 且,較長之螢光壽命代表較大之整合的螢光光子計數。 該螢光團246(見圖59)之螢光壽命大於100奈秒、經 常大於200奈秒、更常見爲大於3 00奈秒,以及於大多數 的情況中大於400奈秒。 以過渡金屬或鑭系金屬爲底的金屬-配位子錯合物具 長壽命(自數百奈秒至毫秒)、適當的量子產率及高度熱、 化學及光化學穩定性,此等特性均爲對螢光檢測系統需求 有利之特性。 特別經徹底硏究之以過渡金屬離子釕(Ru (II))爲底之 金屬-配位子錯合物爲參(2,2 聯吡啶)釕(II) ([Ru(bpy)3]2 + ),彼之壽命約 Ιμβ。此錯合物可購自 Biosearch Technologies’ 其商品名爲 Pulsar 650。 表1 : Pulsar 650 (釕蜜合物)之光物理性質Direct PCR Conventionally, PCR requires extensive purification of target DNA prior to preparation of the reaction mixture. However, with appropriate changes in chemical properties and sample concentrations, it is possible to perform nucleic acid amplification or direct amplification with minimal DNA purification. When the nucleic acid amplification program is PCR, this method is referred to as direct P C R. When the nucleic acid amplification is carried out in a controlled constant temperature LO C device, the method is directly thermostated. Direct nucleic acid amplification techniques have significant advantages when used in LOC devices, particularly with regard to simplifying the fluid design required. Adjustments to the amplification chemistry of direct PCR or direct isothermal amplification include boosting buffer strength, the use of reactive and processivity polymerases and additions to potential polymerase inhibitors. It is also important to dilute the inhibitor in the sample. In order to utilize direct nucleic acid amplification techniques, the LOC device design incorporates two additional features. The first feature is a reagent reservoir (e.g., reservoir 58 in Figure 8) that is suitably sized to supply a sufficient amount of amplification reaction mixture or diluent to cause the sample to interfere with amplification chemistry The final concentration of the ingredients is low enough to allow for successful nucleic acid amplification. The desired dilution factor of the non-cellular sample component is between 5 and 20 times. Different LOC structures are used where appropriate to confirm that a sufficiently high target nucleic acid sequence concentration -53 - 201219770 is maintained for amplification and detection, such as the pathogen dialysis section 70 of Figure 4. In this embodiment (further illustrated in Figure 6), a concentration effective to concentrate the pathogen that is small enough to enter the amplification portion 292 and discharge the larger cells to the waste container 76 is used upstream of the sample extraction portion 290. Dialysis department. In another embodiment, a dialysis section is used to selectively remove proteins and salts in plasma while retaining cells of interest. A second LOC structural feature that supports direct nucleic acid amplification is the channel aspect ratio design to adjust the mixing ratio between the sample and the amplified mixed components. For example, to ensure that the inhibitor associated with the sample is diluted to a preferred range of 5 to 20 times via a single mixing step, the length and cross-section of the sample and reagent channels are designed to be at the beginning of the mixing The upstream sample channel has a flow impedance that is 4 to 19 times higher than the flow impedance of the channel through which the reagent mixture flows. The flow impedance of the microchannel can be easily controlled by controlling the design geometry. In terms of a fixed cross-sectional area, the flow impedance of the microchannel increases linearly with the length of the channel. It is important for hybrid designs that the flow impedance in the microchannel is most dependent on the smallest cross-sectional area size. For example, when the aspect ratio is extremely non-uniform, the flow resistance of a microchannel having a square cross section is inversely proportional to the cube of the smallest vertical dimension. Reverse Transcriptase PCR (RT-PCR) When the sample nucleic acid species analyzed or extracted is RNA, such as from RNA virus or messenger RNA', the RNA must first be reverse transcribed into complementary DNA (cDNA) before PCR amplification. The reverse transcription reaction can be carried out in the same chamber as the PCR (one-step RT-PCR), or it can be an initial reaction (two-step RT-PCR) starting from -54 to 201219770. In the body described herein, a one-step RT-PCR can be carried out simply by adding a reagent reservoir 62 of reverse transcription j polymerase and staging the heater 1 54 to: perform a nucleic acid amplification step after the transcription step . The 2 2 PCR can also be carried out by using the reagent reservoir 58 for storing and dispensing sputum, primers, dNTPs, and reverse transcriptase, using the transcript step of the culture portion 1 14 J, followed by performing the 于 in the amplification portion 112 in an ordinary manner. Simply done. Thermostatic Nucleic Acid Amplification For some applications, thermostatic nucleic acid amplification is the preferred nuclear method, so that the reaction component does not need to be reloaded at different temperatures but maintains the amplification at typically about 37. (: to 41. C constant some constant temperature nucleic acid amplification methods have been described, including stock take (SDA), transcription-mediated amplification (TMA), nucleic acid sequence IJ-based (NASBA), recombinase polymerase amplification ( RPA), helicase-based temperature DNA amplification (HDA), rolling cycle amplification (RCA), branching (RAM), and circular media constant temperature amplification (LamP), among these methods or other constant temperature amplification methods Can be used in the LOC specific embodiments described herein. To perform isothermal nucleic acid amplification, the adjacent amplification sections of tests 60 and 62 will carry the appropriate reagents for a particular constant temperature method with a PCR amplification mixture. And the polymerase. For example, in the case of s 〇a, the reservoir 60 contains an amplification buffer, a primer, and a dNTP, and the reagent! LOC is changed to contain a buffer such as RT-such as an anti-increase to increase by i acid [loop, i. The amplification of the bottom amplification of the constant type amplification: the reagent reservoir of any device is not loaded with the reagent reservoir 62-55-201219770 contains the appropriate endonuclease and exo-DNA polymerase. For RPA, the reagent reservoir 60 contains amplification buffer, primer, dNTP, and recombinase protein. The reagent reservoir 62 contains a strand-substituted DNA polymerase, such as Bsu. Similarly, in the case of HDA, the reagent reservoir 60 contains an amplification buffer, an primer, and dNTP, and the reagent reservoir 62 contains a suitable DNA polymerase and The helicase removes the double stranded DNA instead of using heat. It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that the necessary reagents can be dispensed into the two reagent reservoirs in any manner suitable for the nucleic acid amplification method. For viruses such as HIV or hepatitis C virus, NASBA or TMA is suitable because it does not need to first transcribe RNA into cDNA. In this example, the reagent reservoir 60 is filled with amplification buffer, Primer and dNTP, reagent reservoir 62 is filled with RNA polymerase, reverse transcriptase and any RNase Η. Some thermostated nucleic acid amplification forms must have an initial denaturation cycle to separate the double-stranded DNA template before maintaining a suitable thermostated nucleic acid. The temperature of the amplification is carried out in a favorable reaction. This can be easily achieved in the embodiment of all LOC devices described herein, since the temperature of the mixing in the amplification section 112 can be obtained by the amplification microchannel 1 58 Heater 1 54 Fine control (see Figure 14). Thermostatic nucleic acid amplification is more resistant to potential inhibitors in the sample' and is therefore generally suitable for direct nucleic acid amplification from the sample. Therefore, thermostatic nucleic acid amplification sometimes It can be used for LOC variant XLIII 673, LOC variant XLIV 674 and LOC variant XLVII 677, etc. shown in Figures 75, 76 and 77, respectively. Direct thermostatic amplification can also be compared with Figure 75-56-201219770 and 77. Illustrating one or more pre-amplification dialysis steps 70 '6 8 6 or 682 ' and/or combining pre-hybridization dialysis step 682 as shown in FIG. 76 to assist the target cells in the sample prior to nucleic acid amplification, respectively Partially concentrated, or remove unwanted cell debris before the sample enters the array of hybridization chambers. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that any combination of pre-amplification dialysis and pre-hybridization dialysis can be used. Thermostatic nucleic acid amplification can also be performed in parallel amplification sections such as those shown in Figures 71, 72 and 73. 'Multiplexing and some methods of constant temperature nucleic acid amplification such as LAMP lines are compatible with the initial reverse transcription step to amplify rnA . Additional Details of Fluorescence Detection System Figures 58 and 59 show hybridization-reactive FRET probes 236. These probes, often referred to as molecular beacons, are stem-loop probes produced from single-stranded nucleic acids that fluoresce when hybridized to complementary nucleic acids. Figure 58 shows a single FRET probe 236 prior to hybridization to the target nucleic acid sequence 238. The probe has a ring 240, a stem 242, a fluorophore 246 at the V-end, and a quencher 248 at the 3 end. This loop 240 is composed of a sequence complementary to the target nucleic acid sequence 238. The complementary sequences flanking the probe sequence are joined together to form a stem 242 °. When the complementary target sequence is absent, the probe is closed as shown in Figure 58. The stem 242 keeps the fluorophore-quenching agent pairs close to each other such that significant resonance energy transfer can occur between them, substantially eliminating the ability of the fluorophore to emit fluorescence when illuminated by the excitation light 244. . Figure 59 shows FRET probe 236 in an open or hybridized configuration. When -57-201219770 hybridizes with the complementary target nucleic acid sequence 2 3 8 , the stem-loop structure is destroyed, and the fluorescent group and the quenching agent are spatially separated, thereby restoring the ability of the fluorescent group 246 to emit fluorescence. . The fluorescent emission 250 is optically detected as an indicator that the probe has hybridized. The probe hybridizes to the complementary target with very high specificity because the stem helix of the probe is designed to be more stable than the probe-target helix with a non-complementary single nucleotide. Since the double-stranded DNA is quite robust, the probe-target helix and the stem helix cannot coexist in the stereoscopic space. The probe-attached probe and primer-attached stem-loop probe and the primer-connected linear probe (also known as the scorpion-type probe) are alternative molecular beacons that can be used in LOC devices for immediate and quantitative Nucleic acid amplification. Immediate amplification can be performed directly in the hybridization chamber of the LOC device. An advantage of using a probe coupled to a primer is that the probe element is actually linked to the primer, so that only a single hybridization event is required during nucleic acid amplification without the need for separate primer hybridization and probe hybridization. This ensures an immediate and efficient response, resulting in a stronger signal, shorter reaction times and better recognition than when using separate primers and probes. The probes (and polymerase and amplification mixture) will be deposited in the hybrid chamber 180 during manufacture' without the need to provide separate amplifications on the LOC device. Alternatively, the amplification portion is not used or used for other reactions. Linear probes linked to primers Figures 78 and 79 show linear probes 692 linked to primers -58-201219770 during the first round of nucleic acid amplification, and primers linked to hybridization during subsequent nucleic acid amplification. Linear probe. Referring to Figure 7 8, the linear probe 692 coupled to the primer has a double-stranded stem segment 242. One of the probe sequences 696, which is homologous to the region 696 on the target nucleic acid, and which is linked to the primer, is labeled with a fluorophore 246 at the 5' end and amplified at the 3' end of the other. Blocker 694 is ligated to oligonucleotide primer 700. The other end of the stem 242 is labeled with a quencher group 248. Upon completion of the first round of nucleic acid amplification, the probe can be rolled up and hybridized to an extended strand having sequence 698 (now complementary). During the first round of nucleic acid amplification, the oligonucleotide primer 700 is affixed to the target DNA 23 8 (Fig. 78) and then extended to form a DNA strand containing both the probe sequence and the amplification product. The amplification blocker 694 prevents the polymerase from reading and replicating the probe region 696. Upon subsequent denaturation, the extended oligonucleotide primer 700/template hybridization system is separated, and the double-stranded stem 242 of the linear probe attached to the primer is also separated, thereby releasing the quencher 248. When the temperature is lowered for the bonding and extension step, the primer-linked probe sequence 696 of the linear probe linked to the primer is rolled up and hybridized with the amplified complementary sequence 69 8 on the extended strand, and can be detected. Fluorescence of the presence of the target DNA is displayed. A linear probe connected to the primer that is not extended retains the double stem and the fluorescence remains quenched. This test method is especially suitable for rapid detection systems because it requires only a single molecule of processing. Stem ring probes attached to the primers Figures 80A through 80F show the operation of the stem loop probe 704 attached to the primer. Referring to Fig. 80A, the stem loop probe 704 attached to the primer has a stem 242 complementary to the -59-201219770 double stranded DNA and a loop 24〇 having a probe sequence. The 5' end of one of the stems 708 is labeled with a fluorophore 246. The other 710 line is labeled with a 3'-end quencher 248 and carries both amplification blocker 694 and oligonucleotide primer 7 00. During the initial denaturing phase (see Figure 80B), the strands of the target nucleic acid 23 8 are separated, and the stem 242 of the stem loop probe 704 attached to the primer is also separated. When the temperature is cooled to effect the binding phase (see Figure 80C), the oligonucleotide primer 700 on the stem-loop probe 704 linked to the primer hybridizes to the target nucleic acid sequence 23 8 during extension (see Figure 80D), the complementary sequence 706 of the target nucleic acid sequence 23 is synthesized to form a DNA strand containing both the probe sequence 704 and the amplification product. The amplification blocker 694 prevents the polymerase from reading and replicating the probe region 7〇4. When the probe is bonded after denaturation, the probe sequence of the loop segment 240 of the stem-loop probe attached to the primer (see Figure 80F) is bonded to the complementary sequence 706 on the stretched strand. This configuration is such that the fluorophore 246 is far removed from the quencher 248, resulting in significantly enhanced fluorescene emission. Control Probes Hybridization chamber array 110 includes a number of hybridization chambers 180 with positive and negative control probes for analytical quality control. Figures 94 and 95 schematically illustrate negative control probes containing no fluorophores 796, and Figures 9.6 and 197 show positive control probes without quencher 798. The positive and negative control probes have a stem-loop structure as described above for the FRET probe. However, regardless of whether the probes hybridize to an open configuration or remain closed, the positive control probe 798 will emit a fluorescent signal 250' and the negative control probe 796 will never emit fluorescence-60-201219770 Signal 2 5 0. Referring to Figures 94 and 95, the negative control probe 796 does not have a fluorophore (which may or may not have a quencher 248). Thus, the reaction to excitation light 244 can be ignored regardless of whether the target nucleic acid sequence 2 3 8 hybridizes to the probe (see Figure 95) or the probe maintains its stem-loop configuration (see Figure 94). Alternatively, the negative control probe 796 can be designed such that it remains quenched forever. For example, by synthesizing a loop 24' of the probe molecule having a probe sequence that does not hybridize to any of the nucleic acid sequences in the study sample, the stem 242 of the probe molecule will self-hybridize, allowing the fluorophore and quenching The agents remain in close proximity without emitting visible fluorescent signals. This negative control signal corresponds to a small amount of emission from the hybridization chamber 180, wherein the probes are not hybridized but the quencher does not quench all of the emission from the reporter. Conversely, the positive control probe 798, which does not contain a quencher, was constructed as shown in Figures 96 and 97. Regardless of whether the positive control probe 798 is hybridized to the target nucleic acid sequence 238, no material will quench the fluorescent emission from the fluorophore 246 back to the luminescent 244. Figure 5 2 shows the possible distribution of positive and negative control probes (3 78 and 380, respectively) in the hybrid chamber array. The control probes 3 78 and 380 are placed in a hybridization chamber 180 located on a line that traverses the hybridization chamber array 110. However, the configuration of the control probes in the array is arbitrary (as in the configuration of the hybrid chamber array 1 1 0). The fluorophore design requires a fluorophore with a long fluorescence lifetime, which is to allow the excitation light to have -61 - 201219770 Sufficient time to decay to a low intensity compared to the intensity of the fluorescent emission when the photosensor 44 is enabled, thereby providing a sufficient signal to noise ratio. Moreover, a longer fluorescent lifetime represents a larger integrated fluorescence photon count. The fluorophore 246 (see Figure 59) has a fluorescence lifetime greater than 100 nanoseconds, often greater than 200 nanoseconds, more typically greater than 300 nanoseconds, and in most cases greater than 400 nanoseconds. Metal-coordination complexes based on transition metals or lanthanide metals have long lifetimes (from hundreds of nanoseconds to milliseconds), appropriate quantum yields, and high thermal, chemical, and photochemical stability. Both are advantageous for the needs of fluorescent detection systems. In particular, the metal-coordination complex based on the transition metal ion ruthenium (Ru (II)) is ginseng (2,2 bipyridyl) ruthenium (II) ([Ru(bpy)3]2 + ), the life of his is about Ιμβ. This complex is commercially available from Biosearch Technologies' under the trade name Pulsar 650. Table 1: Photophysical properties of Pulsar 650 (钌 合物 合物)

參數 符號 値 αα — 單兀 吸收波長 ^-abs 460 nm 發射波長 ^em 650 nm 吸光係數 E 14800 M'1 cm'1 觉尤叩 Tf 1.0 ps 量子產率 Η 1 (去氧的) N/A Μ蜜合物是一種鑭系金屬-配位子錯合物,其已被證 實可成功作爲FRET探針系統之螢光報導劑,且具有 1600ps之長壽命》 -62 - 201219770 表2 :铽螯合物之光物理性質 參數 符號 値 單元 吸收波長 ^abs 330-350 nm 發射波長 λετη 548 nm 吸光係數 Ε 13800 (具hbs及配位子依賴性,可高至 30000 @ λβ = 340 nm) 螢光壽命 Tf 1600 (雜交的探針) μδ 量子產率 Η 1 (配位子依賴性) Ν/Α 該LOC裝置301所使用之螢光檢測系統不利用過濾 器移除不想要之背景螢光。因此若該淬熄劑248爲了增加 信噪比而無天然發射則具有優勢。無天然發射之淬熄劑 248就不會貢獻背景螢光。高淬熄效率亦爲重要,因此在 雜交事件發生前沒有螢光。購自加州 Novato市之 Biosearch Technologies, Inc.的黑洞淬熄劑(BHQ)不具有天 然發射且具有高淬熄效率,係適用於本系統之淬熄劑。 BHQ-1之最大吸收値發生於534 nm,淬熄範圍爲480-580 nm’使其適合用於淬熄Tb-螯合螢光團。BHQ-2之最大吸 收値發生於579 nm,淬熄範圍爲560-670 nm,使其適合 用於淬熄Pulsar 650。 購自愛荷華州 Coralville市之Intergrated DNA Technologies的愛荷華黑淬熄劑(I〇wa Black FQ及RQ)爲 合適之替代性淬熄劑,其具有少許或無背景發射。I〇wa -63- 201219770Parameter symbol 値αα — single 兀 absorption wavelength ^-abs 460 nm emission wavelength ^em 650 nm absorption coefficient E 14800 M'1 cm'1 叩 叩 Tf 1.0 ps quantum yield Η 1 (deoxygenated) N/A Μ The honey complex is a lanthanide metal-coordination complex that has been successfully demonstrated as a fluorescent reporter for the FRET probe system and has a long life of 1600 ps. -62 - 201219770 Table 2: 铽 Chelation Photophysical properties of matter Parameter symbol 値 Element absorption wavelength ^abs 330-350 nm Emission wavelength λετη 548 nm Absorption coefficient Ε 13800 (with hbs and ligand dependence, up to 30000 @ λβ = 340 nm) Fluorescence lifetime Tf 1600 (Hybridization Probe) μδ Quantum Yield Η 1 (Coordination Dependent) Ν/Α The fluorescence detection system used by the LOC device 301 does not use filters to remove unwanted background fluorescence. Therefore, if the quencher 248 has no natural emission in order to increase the signal to noise ratio, it is advantageous. Quenching agents without natural emission 248 will not contribute to background fluorescence. High quenching efficiency is also important, so there is no fluorescence before the hybridization event occurs. The black hole quencher (BHQ) from Biosearch Technologies, Inc. of Novato, Calif., does not have a natural emission and has high quenching efficiency, and is suitable for the quenching agent of the system. The maximum absorption enthalpy of BHQ-1 occurs at 534 nm and the quenching range is 480-580 nm' making it suitable for quenching Tb-chelating fluorophores. The maximum absorption enthalpy of BHQ-2 occurs at 579 nm and the quenching range is 560-670 nm, making it suitable for quenching the Pulsar 650. Iowa Black Quenchers (I〇wa Black FQ and RQ) from Intergrated DNA Technologies, Coralville, Iowa, are suitable alternative quenchers with little or no background emission. I〇wa -63- 201219770

Black FQ之萍熄範圍自420至620 nm,於531 n m具有最 大吸收値’因此適合用來作爲Tb-螯合螢光團之淬熄劑。 Iowa Black RQ之最大吸收値發生於656 nm,淬媳範圍自 500至700 nm,使其成爲Pulsar 650之理想淬熄劑。 於本文所述之實施態樣中,淬熄劑248爲初始時即附 著於探針之功能性基團,但於其他實施態樣中,淬熄劑有 可能是游離於溶液中之分開分子》 激發源 在本文描述之以螢光檢測爲基底之實施態樣中,選擇 L E D作爲激發源以替代雷射二極體、高功率燈或雷射,因 爲 L E D之低功率消耗、低成本和小尺寸。參照圖81, LED 26係直接安置於該LOC裝置301之外部表面的雜交 室陣列1 1 0之上。在該雜交室陣列1 1 0之對側爲光感測器 44,其由用於檢測來自各室之螢光訊號之光電二極體】84 的陣列組成(見圖5 3、5 4及6 4)。 圖82、83及84示意性說明用於暴露探針於激發光之 其他實施態樣。在如圖82所示之LOC裝置30中,由激 發LED 26所產生之激發光244係由透鏡254導向雜交室 陣列1 1 0之上。該激發LED 26係經脈衝且由光感測器44 檢測螢光發射。The Black FQ ranged from 420 to 620 nm with a maximum absorption 531 at 531 nm and is therefore suitable as a quencher for Tb-chelating fluorophores. The maximum absorption enthalpy of Iowa Black RQ occurs at 656 nm and the quenching range is from 500 to 700 nm, making it an ideal quencher for the Pulsar 650. In the embodiments described herein, the quencher 248 is a functional group that is attached to the probe initially, but in other embodiments, the quencher may be a separate molecule that is free in solution. Excitation source In the implementation of the fluorescence detection as the substrate described in this paper, the LED is selected as the excitation source instead of the laser diode, high power lamp or laser because of the low power consumption, low cost and small size of the LED. . Referring to Figure 81, LEDs 26 are placed directly over hybrid array array 110 of the outer surface of LOC device 301. Opposite to the hybridization chamber array 110 is a photosensor 44 consisting of an array of photodiodes 84 for detecting fluorescent signals from the chambers (see Figures 5 3, 5 4 and 6). 4). Figures 82, 83 and 84 schematically illustrate other embodiments for exposing the probe to excitation light. In the LOC device 30 shown in Fig. 82, the excitation light 244 generated by the excitation LED 26 is directed by the lens 254 over the hybrid cell array 110. The excitation LED 26 is pulsed and the photodetector 44 detects the fluorescence emission.

在如圖83所示之LOC裝置30中,由激發LED 26所 產生之激發光244係由透鏡2 54、第一光學稜鏡712和第 二光學稜鏡714導向雜交室陣列110之上。該激發LED -64- 201219770 26係經脈衝且由光感測器44檢測螢光發射。 同樣地,在如圖84所示之LOC裝置30中,由激發 LED 26所產生之激發光244係由透鏡254、第一鏡716 和第二鏡718導向雜交室陣列110之上。再者,該激發 LED 26係經脈衝且由光感測器44檢測螢光發射。 該LED 26之激發波長係取決於螢光染料的選擇。 Philips LXK2-PR14-R00 係針對 Pulsar 650 染料之適當激 發源。SET UVT0P3 3 5 T039BL LED係針對铽螯合物標記 之適當激發源。 表 3 : Philips LXK2-PR14-ROO LED 規格In the LOC device 30 shown in FIG. 83, the excitation light 244 generated by the excitation LED 26 is directed by the lens 2 54 , the first optical stop 712 and the second optical stop 714 over the hybridization chamber array 110. The excitation LED -64 - 201219770 26 is pulsed and the fluorescent sensor 44 detects the fluorescent emission. Similarly, in LOC device 30 as shown in FIG. 84, excitation light 244 generated by excitation LED 26 is directed by lens 254, first mirror 716, and second mirror 718 onto hybridization cell array 110. Furthermore, the excitation LED 26 is pulsed and the photodetector 44 detects the fluorescence emission. The excitation wavelength of the LED 26 is dependent on the choice of fluorescent dye. Philips LXK2-PR14-R00 is the appropriate source of excitation for Pulsar 650 dyes. SET UVT0P3 3 5 T039BL LED is the appropriate excitation source for the ruthenium chelate label. Table 3: Philips LXK2-PR14-ROO LED Specifications

參數 符號 値 單元 波長 λεχ 460 nm 發射頻率 Vem 6.52(10)14 Hz 輸出功率 Pi 0.515 (min) @ ΙΑ W 發射模式 Lambertian 數據圖 N/A 表 4 : SET UVTOP334TQ39BL LED 規格Parameter Symbol 値 Element Wavelength λεχ 460 nm Transmit frequency Vem 6.52(10)14 Hz Output power Pi 0.515 (min) @ ΙΑ W Transmit mode Lambertian data plot N/A Table 4 : SET UVTOP334TQ39BL LED Specifications

參數 符號 値 單兀 波長 340 nm 發射頻率 Ve 8.82(10)14 Hz 功率 Pi 0.000240 (min) @ 20mA W 脈衝順向電流 I 200 mA 發射模式 Lambertian N/A 紫外激發光 矽吸收少量之紫外光。因此,使用紫外激發光是有利 -65- 201219770 的。可使用紫外光之LED激發源,但LED 26之寬光譜降 低此方法之效果。爲解決此問題,可使用經過濾之紫外光 L E D。隨意地’紫外線雷射可作爲激發源,除非該雷射相 對較高之花費對於特定的測試模組市場並不實用。 LED驅動器 LED驅動器29以固定電流驅動該LED 26所需之時 間。低功率USB2.0認證裝置可供電最高1單位負載(1〇〇 毫安培),最小操作電壓4·4伏特。標準功率調節電路係 用於此目的。 光電二極體 圖54顯示光電二極體184,其倂入LOC裝置301之 CMOS電路86。該光電二極體1 84係在沒有額外遮罩或步 驟下製成CMOS電路86之部分。此爲CMOS光電二極體 優於CCD之顯著優點,CCD是一種替代性感測技術,其 可使用非標準處理步驟被整合於相同晶片上或於鄰近晶片 上製造。晶片上檢測之花費低廉且縮小陣列系統之尺寸。 該較短之光學路徑長度降低來自週遭環境的雜訊以有效收 集螢光訊號,以及減少對於透鏡及濾鏡之傳統光學總成之 需求。 光電二極體184之量子效率係指衝撞其主動區185之 光子中被有效轉換成光電子之光子的分率。以標準矽處理 而言,可見光之量子效率係介於〇.3至0.5之範圍,根據 -66 - 201219770 處理參數諸如覆蓋層之量及吸收特性而定。 光電二極體1 84之檢測閥値決定可被檢測之螢光訊號 的最小強度。該檢測閥値亦決定該光電二極體1 8 4之尺寸 大小,因此亦決定在該雜交及檢測部5 2中之雜交室1 8 0 之數目(見圖52)。該等室之尺寸大小和數量係受限於該 LOC裝置之尺寸(以LOC裝置301爲例,其尺寸爲1760 微X5 8 24微米)以及倂入其他功能性模組諸如病原體透析部 7 0及擴增部1 1 2之後可用空間之尺寸的技術參數。 以標準矽處理而言,該光電二極體1 8 4檢測最低5個 光子。然而,爲了確保可信賴之檢測,最小値可被設爲 10個光子。因此以0.3至0.5之量子效率範圍而言(如上 所討論),自該等探針之螢光發射最少應爲1 7個光子,但 30個光子將包含可靠檢測之適當誤差範圍。 校準室 光電二極體184之電學特性的不均一性、自動螢光和 尙未完全衰減之剩餘激發光子通量將背景雜訊及偏移導人 輸出訊號。此背景係利用一或多種校準訊號自各輸出訊號 移除。校準訊號係藉由暴露一或多種在陣列中之校準光電1 二極體1 84至個別校準源而產生。低校準源係用來測定其 中標靶尙未與探針反應之陰性結果。高校準源係來自# 針-標靶複合物之陽性結果的指徵。在此處所述之實^態、 樣中,該低校準光源係由在雜交室陣列Π 0中之校準室 3 82所提供,'該校準室3 82 : -67- 201219770 不含任何探針; 包含不具有螢光報導劑之探針:或 包含具有報導劑及淬熄劑的探針,該淬熄劑係經組態 以使永遠預期淬熄發生。 來自該校準室3 82之輸出訊號非常接近來自該L〇c 裝置中之所有雜交室的輸出訊號中之雜訊和偏差。自其他 雜交室所產生之輸出訊號減去校準訊號實質上移除背景, 留下由該螢光發射(若有的話)所產生之訊號。自室陣列之 區域中的環境光線所產生之訊號亦被去除。 將理解的是,如上述參考圖9 4至9 7之陰性對照探針 可被用於校準室。然而,如圖86及87所示(其爲如圖85 所述之LOC變體X 72 8之DG和DH區的放大圖),另一 選項爲使該校準室382與該擴增子流體性隔離。該背景雜 訊和偏差可藉由保持該流體隔離室淨空,或藉由包含無報 導劑之探針或事實上具有報導劑與淬熄劑兩者之任何“標 準”探針加以測定,因爲雜交被流體隔離所阻止。 該校準室3 82可提供高校準源以在對應之光電二極體 產生高訊號。該高訊號對應在室中已被雜交之所有探針。 點樣具有報導劑但無淬熄劑之探針,或僅具有報導劑之探 針將一致地提供近似於雜交室中大多數探針已被雜交之訊 號。亦將理解的是’校準室3 8 2可被用來取代對照探針, 或除了對照探針以外附加使用。 校準室3 8 2在雜交室陣列各處之數量和安排係隨意 的。然而,若光電二極體184係由相對較近之校準室382 -68- 201219770 校準,該校準將更爲準確。參考圖56,該雜交室_ 針對每八個雜交室180具有一個校準室3 82。也就 校準室382係安置於每三乘三之雜交室180方塊的 在此組態中,該等雜交室1 8 0係由緊鄰的校準室 準。 圖93顯示差分成像儀電路7 8 8,該差分成像 來從該周圍之雜交室180的螢光訊號減去對應該 3 82之光電二極體184因爲激發光而產生之訊號。 成像儀電路78 8自像素790和“虛擬”像素792 號。在一實施態樣中,該“虛擬”像素792係被遮 光照射’所以其輸出訊號提供暗參考。或者,該“ 像素792可與該陣列之其他部分一起暴露於激發光 “虛擬”像素792係暴露於光之實施態樣中,由室 區域中的環境光線所產生之訊號亦被減除。來自像 的訊號非常微弱(即接近暗訊號),在沒有暗訊號位 考下將難以分辨背景値與非常微弱之訊號。 在使用期間,該“讀取_列” 794和“讀取_ 795係經啓動,且M4 797和MD4 801電晶體被開 關807和809被關閉以使來自該像素790及“虛擬 792之輸出被分別儲存於像素電容器803及虛擬像 器805。在該像素訊號被儲存後,停用開關807和 接著該“讀取_行”開關8 1 1和虛擬“讀取—行”開 被關閉,在輸出處之開關電容放大器8 1 5放大該示 8 17° 列1 1 0 是說, 中間。 3 82校 儀係用 校準室 該差分 取樣訊 住以防 虛擬” 。在該 陣列之 素790 準之參 列一d” 啓。開 ”像素 素電容 8 09 ° 關8 1 3 差訊號 -69- 201219770 光電二極體之抑制及致能 該光電二極體1 8 4於L E D 2 6激發期間必須被抑制且 於螢光期間必須被致能。圖6 5係單一光電二極體〗8 4之 電路圖,圖66爲光電二極體控制信號之時序圖。該電路 具有光電二極體184及六個MOS電晶體Mshunt 394、Mtx 396、Mreset 3 98、Msf 400、Mread 402 及 Mbias 404。於激 發循環tl開始時’藉由拉高Mshunt閘極384及重設閘極 3 88而開啓電晶體Mshunt 394及Mreset 3 98。於此期間’該 激發光子於光電二極體184中產生載波。這些載波必須被 移除,因爲該產生之載波量足以使該光電二極體184飽 和。於此循環期間,Mshunt 3 94直接移除光電二極體184 中產生之載波,而Mreset 3 9 8重設任何因爲電晶體洩漏或 在基板中因激發產生之載波擴散而聚積於節點‘NS’ 406之 載波。於激發後,俘獲循環始於t4。於此循環中,來自螢 光團之發射反應被俘獲並整合入節點‘NS’ 406上之電路。 此藉由拉高tx閘極3 8 6達成,此開啓電晶體Mtx 3 96並將 聚積於光電二極體1 84上之任何載波轉移至節點‘NS ’ 4 06。俘獲循環之期間長度可和螢光團發射一樣長。來自 雜交室陣列110中之所有光電二極體184的輸出同時被俘 獲。 在俘獲循環t5結束與讀取循環t6開始之間具有延 遲。此延遲是因爲需要在俘獲循環之後分開讀取雜交室陣 列110中之各個光電二極體184(見圖52)。第一個被讀取 -70- 201219770 之光電二極體184將具有最短的讀取循環前之延遲,而最 後一個光電二極體184將具有最長的讀取循環前之延遲。 在讀取循環期間,藉由拉高閱讀閘極3 93而開啓電晶體 Mread 402。該‘NS’節點406之電壓係利用源極隨耦電晶體 Msf 400加以緩衝及讀出。 以下討論其他啓動或抑制該光電二極體之可任選之方 法: 1 ·抑制方法 圖90、91及92顯示Mshunt電晶體394之三種可能的 組態778、780、782。該Mshunt電晶體394在最大| VGS | =5 V時具有非常高的關閉比,其在激發期間被致能。如 圖90所示,該Mshunt閘極3 84係經組態於該光電二極體 184之邊緣。可任意選擇地,如圖91所示,該Mshunt閘 極3 84係經組態以環繞該光電二極體1 84。第三個選擇係 將該Mshunt閘極384組態於該光電二極體184之內,如圖 92所示。在第三種選擇下,光電二極體之主動區185將 較小。 這三種構型778、780及782減少自該光電二極體 184中之所有位置到Mshunt閘極3 84之平均路徑長度。在 圖90中,該Mshunt閘極384係位於該光電二極體184之 一側。此組態係最容易製造’且最不會佔用光電二極體之 主動區1 85。然而,滯留於光電二極體1 84遠端側之任何 載波需要較長時間以通過Mshunt閘極3 84。 在圖91中,該Mshunt聞極384環繞該光電二極體 -71 - 201219770 184。此進一步減少光電二極體184中之載波到Mshunt閘 極3 84之平均路徑長度。然而,沿著光電二極體184之周 圍延伸之Mshunt閘極384造成光電二極體主動區185較大 之縮減。圖92中之組態782將Mshunt閘極3 84定位於主 動區185中。此提供了至Mshunt閘極3 84的最短平均路徑 長度,因此過渡時間最短。然而,對於主動區1 8 5之侵佔 最大。其亦造成較寬之洩漏路徑。 2. 致能方法 a. 觸發光電二極體以固定延遲來驅動該分流電晶 體。 b. 觸發光電二極體以可程控延遲來驅動該分流電晶 體。 c. 由LED驅動脈衝以固定延遲來驅動該分流電晶 體。 d. 如2c般但以可程控延遲來驅動該分流電晶體。 圖68爲切過雜交室180之截面示意圖,顯示埋入於 CMOS電路86中之光電二極體184及觸發光電二極體 187。以觸發光電二極體187取代光電二極體184之角落 中的小面積。具有小面積之觸發光電二極體187即已足 夠,因爲激發光之強度相較於螢光發射將爲高。該觸發光 電二極體187係對激發光244敏感。該觸發光電二極體 187暫存該激發光244已熄滅,並於短暫延遲△ t 3 00之 後啓動該光電二極體184 (見圖2)。此延遲允許該螢光光 電二極體184得以在沒有激發光244時檢測來自’FRET探 -72- 201219770 針1 86之螢光發射。此致能檢測及增進信號 光電二極體184及觸發光電二極體187 各雜交室180下之CMOS電路86中。光電 組合連同適當之電子組件形成光感測器44 光電二極體184爲CMOS結構製造期間所 面,不需要額外之遮罩或步驟。於MS T製 二極體184之上的介電層(未顯示)係利用標 刻技術而任意地薄化以允許更多螢光照射 184之主動區185。該光電二極體184具有 自雜交室180內之探針-標靶雜交體之螢光 測器表面上。該螢光被轉換成光電流,該光 用CMOS電路86測量。 或者,一或多個雜交室180可僅配置觸 187。這些選擇可與上述之2a及2b組合使月 螢光之延遲檢測 下述推導說明使用長壽命螢光團以供』 團組合之螢光的延遲檢測。螢光強度係以g 理想脈衝在時間t,及t2之間激發後,由時 來,如圖6 0所示。 令[si](t)等於在時間t之激發態的強度 期間及激發之後,每單位體積每單位時間之 係由下面微分方程式描述: 噪比》 兩者均位於於 二極體之陣列 (見圖64)。該 製成之pn接 造期間,光電 [準M S T光蝕 該光電二極體 視場,以使來 信號入射至感 電流接著可利 發光電二極體 述 LED/螢光 定強度U之 間函數推導而 ,然後在激發 激發態的數量 -73- 201219770 c/[51] { [S\](Q _ Ieec dt tf hve 其中c爲螢光團之莫耳濃度,ε爲莫耳瘁爐、係數,y e爲激發頻率,且h = 6.62606 896( 1 0)·34 Js爲普朗克常 數。 此微分方程式具有一般式: 字+ p(x)少= 9(x) αχ 其有解法: …(2) fe^( )dXq(x)dx + k — 現在使用此來解答式(1), (3) hve 於時間h時,[Sl](ti) = 〇,且自(3): /e£Cr=~^rParameter Symbol 値 Single 兀 Wavelength 340 nm Transmit frequency Ve 8.82(10)14 Hz Power Pi 0.000240 (min) @ 20mA W Pulse forward current I 200 mA Emission mode Lambertian N/A UV excitation 矽 Absorbs a small amount of UV light. Therefore, the use of UV excitation light is beneficial -65-201219770. An LED excitation source can be used, but the broad spectrum of LED 26 reduces the effectiveness of this method. To solve this problem, filtered UV light L E D can be used. Optionally, an ultraviolet laser can be used as an excitation source unless the relatively high cost of the laser is not practical for a particular test module market. LED Driver The time required for the LED driver 29 to drive the LED 26 at a fixed current. The low-power USB 2.0-certified unit can supply up to 1 unit load (1 毫 mA) with a minimum operating voltage of 4·4 volts. Standard power conditioning circuits are used for this purpose. Photodiode Figure 54 shows a photodiode 184 that breaks into the CMOS circuit 86 of the LOC device 301. The photodiode 180 is part of a CMOS circuit 86 that is fabricated without additional masking or steps. This is a significant advantage of CMOS photodiodes over CCDs, an alternative sensing technique that can be integrated on the same wafer or fabricated on adjacent wafers using non-standard processing steps. On-wafer inspection is inexpensive and reduces the size of the array system. This shorter optical path length reduces noise from the surrounding environment to effectively collect fluorescent signals and reduce the need for conventional optical assemblies for lenses and filters. The quantum efficiency of the photodiode 184 is the fraction of photons that are effectively converted into photoelectrons in the photons that collide with their active regions 185. In terms of standard enthalpy treatment, the quantum efficiency of visible light ranges from 〇.3 to 0.5, depending on the processing parameters such as the amount of cover layer and the absorption characteristics of -66 - 201219770. The detection valve of the photodiode 1 84 determines the minimum intensity of the fluorescent signal that can be detected. The detection valve 値 also determines the size of the photodiode 184, and thus the number of hybridization chambers 180 in the hybridization and detection section 52 (see Fig. 52). The size and number of such chambers are limited by the size of the LOC device (in the case of LOC device 301, which is 1760 micro X 5 8 24 microns) and into other functional modules such as the pathogen dialysis unit 70 and The technical parameters of the size of the available space after the amplification unit 1 1 2 . In terms of standard 矽 processing, the photodiode 1 8 4 detects a minimum of 5 photons. However, to ensure reliable detection, the minimum chirp can be set to 10 photons. Thus, in the quantum efficiency range of 0.3 to 0.5 (as discussed above), the fluorescence emission from the probes should be a minimum of 17 photons, but 30 photons will contain an appropriate margin of error for reliable detection. Calibration Chamber The non-uniformity of the electrical characteristics of the photodiode 184, the auto-fluorescence, and the residual excitation photon flux that is not fully attenuated introduces background noise and offset into the output signal. This background is removed from each output signal using one or more calibration signals. The calibration signal is generated by exposing one or more of the calibrated photodiodes 1 84 in the array to individual calibration sources. The low calibration source is used to determine the negative result of the target 尙 not reacting with the probe. The high calibration source is indicative of a positive result from the #needle-target complex. In the actual state described herein, the low calibration source is provided by a calibration chamber 382 in the hybrid chamber array , 0, 'the calibration chamber 3 82 : -67- 201219770 does not contain any probes A probe containing no fluorescent reporter: or a probe having a reporter and a quencher configured to cause quenching to occur forever. The output signal from the calibration chamber 382 is very close to the noise and bias in the output signal from all of the hybrid chambers in the L〇c device. The output signal generated by the other hybridization chamber minus the calibration signal substantially removes the background, leaving the signal generated by the fluorescent emission (if any). Signals generated by ambient light in the area of the chamber array are also removed. It will be appreciated that negative control probes as described above with reference to Figures 94 to 9 can be used in the calibration chamber. However, as shown in Figures 86 and 87, which are enlarged views of the DG and DH regions of LOC variant X 72 8 as described in Figure 85, another option is to make the calibration chamber 382 fluid with the amplicons. isolation. The background noise and bias can be determined by maintaining the fluid isolation chamber clearance or by using a probe containing no reporter or indeed any "standard" probe having both a reporter and a quencher, as the hybrid Blocked by fluid isolation. The calibration chamber 382 provides a high calibration source to produce a high signal at the corresponding photodiode. This high signal corresponds to all probes that have been hybridized in the chamber. Spotting a probe with a reporter but no quencher, or a probe with only a reporter will consistently provide a signal that approximates that most of the probes in the hybridization chamber have been hybridized. It will also be understood that the 'calibration chamber 382 can be used in place of or in addition to the control probe. The number and arrangement of calibration chambers 382 in the array of hybridization chambers is arbitrary. However, if the photodiode 184 is calibrated from a relatively close calibration chamber 382-68-201219770, the calibration will be more accurate. Referring to Figure 56, the hybridization chamber has one calibration chamber 382 for every eight hybridization chambers 180. That is, the calibration chamber 382 is placed in a square of every three by three hybrid chambers. In this configuration, the hybrid chambers are aligned with the calibration chamber. Figure 93 shows a differential imager circuit 788 which subtracts the signal from the fluorescent signal of the surrounding hybridization chamber 180 corresponding to the photodiode 184 of the 308 due to the excitation light. Imager circuit 78 8 is from pixel 790 and "virtual" pixel 792 number. In one embodiment, the "virtual" pixel 792 is illuminated by illumination' so its output signal provides a dark reference. Alternatively, the "pixel 792 can be exposed to the excitation light "virtual" pixel 792 together with other portions of the array to be exposed to light, and the signal generated by ambient light in the chamber region is also subtracted. The signal is very weak (ie, close to the dark signal), and it will be difficult to distinguish between the background and the very weak signal without the dark signal. During use, the "read_column" 794 and "read_795" are used. Startup, and the M4 797 and MD4 801 transistors are turned off by switches 807 and 809 such that the outputs from the pixel 790 and "virtual 792 are stored in pixel capacitor 803 and virtual imager 805, respectively. After the pixel signal is stored, The switch 807 is deactivated and then the "read_row" switch 8 1 1 and the virtual "read-line" are turned off, and the switched capacitor amplifier 8 1 5 at the output amplifies the indication. 8 17° column 1 1 0 is Said, in the middle. 3 82 school calibration system with the calibration room, the differential sampling signal to prevent virtual. In the array of elements 790 quasi-column a d" start. Open" pixel pixel 8 09 ° off 8 1 3 difference signal -69- 201219770 photodiode suppression and enable the photodiode 1 8 4 Must be suppressed during LED 26 excitation and must be enabled during fluorescence. Fig. 6 is a circuit diagram of a single photodiode 〖8 4, and Fig. 66 is a timing diagram of a photodiode control signal. The circuit has a photodiode 184 and six MOS transistors Mshunt 394, Mtx 396, Mreset 3 98, Msf 400, Mread 402, and Mbias 404. At the beginning of the excitation cycle t1, the transistors Mshunt 394 and Mreset 3 98 are turned on by pulling up the Mshunt gate 384 and resetting the gate 3 88. During this period, the excitation photons generate a carrier in the photodiode 184. These carriers must be removed because the amount of carrier generated is sufficient to saturate the photodiode 184. During this cycle, Mshunt 3 94 directly removes the carrier generated in photodiode 184, while Mreset 3 9 resets any accumulation of nodes 'NS' due to transistor leakage or carrier diffusion due to excitation in the substrate. Carrier of 406. After excitation, the capture cycle begins at t4. In this cycle, the emission reaction from the fluorophore is captured and integrated into the circuitry on node 'NS' 406. This is achieved by pulling up the tx gate 386, which turns on the transistor Mtx 3 96 and transfers any carrier accumulated on the photodiode 184 to the node 'NS' 460. The length of the capture cycle can be as long as the fluorophore emission. The outputs from all of the photodiodes 184 in the hybrid cell array 110 are simultaneously captured. There is a delay between the end of the capture cycle t5 and the beginning of the read cycle t6. This delay is due to the need to separately read each photodiode 184 in the hybrid array 810 after the capture cycle (see Figure 52). The first photodiode 184 that is read -70-201219770 will have the shortest delay before the read cycle, while the last photodiode 184 will have the longest delay before the read cycle. During the read cycle, transistor Mread 402 is turned on by pulling high on read gate 3 93. The voltage of the 'NS' node 406 is buffered and read using the source follower transistor Msf 400. Other optional methods of activating or suppressing the photodiode are discussed below: 1. Inhibition Methods Figures 90, 91 and 92 show three possible configurations 778, 780, 782 of Mshunt transistor 394. The Mshunt transistor 394 has a very high turn-off ratio at maximum | VGS | = 5 V, which is enabled during excitation. As shown in FIG. 90, the Mshunt gate 3 84 is configured at the edge of the photodiode 184. Optionally, as shown in FIG. 91, the Mshunt gate 3 84 is configured to surround the photodiode 1 84. The third option is to configure the Mshunt gate 384 within the photodiode 184 as shown in FIG. In the third option, the active region 185 of the photodiode will be smaller. These three configurations 778, 780, and 782 reduce the average path length from all locations in the photodiode 184 to the Mshunt gate 3 84. In Fig. 90, the Mshunt gate 384 is located on one side of the photodiode 184. This configuration is the easiest to manufacture' and does not occupy the active area 1 85 of the photodiode. However, any carrier remaining on the far-end side of the photodiode 1 84 takes a long time to pass through the Mshunt gate 3 84. In Figure 91, the Mshunt 384 is surrounded by the photodiode -71 - 201219770 184. This further reduces the average path length of the carrier in the photodiode 184 to the Mshunt gate 3 84. However, the Mshunt gate 384 extending around the photodiode 184 causes a significant reduction in the photodiode active region 185. Configuration 782 in Figure 92 positions Mshunt Gate 3 84 in active area 185. This provides the shortest average path length to Mshunt Gate 3 84, so the transition time is the shortest. However, the encroachment of the active zone is the largest. It also creates a wider leak path. 2. Enabling method a. Trigger the photodiode to drive the shunt transistor with a fixed delay. b. Trigger the photodiode to drive the shunt transistor with a programmable delay. c. The shunting transistor is driven by the LED drive pulse with a fixed delay. d. Drive the shunt transistor as a 2c but with a programmable delay. Figure 68 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the hybridization chamber 180 showing the photodiode 184 and the trigger photodiode 187 embedded in the CMOS circuit 86. The small area in the corner of the photodiode 184 is replaced by the trigger photodiode 187. Triggering the photodiode 187 with a small area is sufficient because the intensity of the excitation light will be higher than the fluorescence emission. The trigger photodiode 187 is sensitive to the excitation light 244. The trigger photodiode 187 temporarily stores the excitation light 244 to be extinguished, and activates the photodiode 184 after a short delay of Δt 3 00 (see Fig. 2). This delay allows the fluorescent photodiode 184 to detect fluorescent emissions from the 'FRET Detector-72-201219770 pin 186 when there is no excitation light 244. This enables detection and enhancement of the signal photodiode 184 and the CMOS circuit 86 under the hybridization chamber 180 of the photodiode 187. The optoelectronic combination, together with appropriate electronic components, forms the photosensor 44. The photodiode 184 is fabricated during the fabrication of the CMOS structure without the need for additional masking or steps. A dielectric layer (not shown) over the MS T diode 184 is arbitrarily thinned using a marking technique to allow more phosphor to illuminate the active region 185 of 184. The photodiode 184 has a photodetector surface from a probe-target hybrid within the hybridization chamber 180. This fluorescent light is converted into a photocurrent which is measured by a CMOS circuit 86. Alternatively, one or more of the hybridization chambers 180 can be configured with only the contact 187. These choices can be combined with the above 2a and 2b to detect the delay of the monthly fluorescence. The following derivation illustrates the use of long-lived fluorophores for the delayed detection of fluorescence by a combination of lumps. The fluorescence intensity is excited by the g ideal pulse between time t and t2, as shown in Fig. 60. Let [si](t) be equal to the intensity of the excited state at time t and after excitation, the unit time per unit volume is described by the following differential equation: Noise ratio Both are located in the array of diodes (see Figure 64). During the fabrication of the pn fabrication, the photoelectric [quasi MST etches the field of view of the photodiode to cause the incoming signal to be incident on the sense current and then the function of the LED/fluorescent intensity U. Derived and then excited the number of excited states -73- 201219770 c/[51] { [S\](Q _ Ieec dt tf hve where c is the molar concentration of the fluorophore, ε is the molar furnace, coefficient , ye is the excitation frequency, and h = 6.62606 896(1 0)·34 Js is the Planck constant. This differential equation has the general formula: word + p(x) less = 9(x) αχ There is a solution: ...( 2) fe^( )dXq(x)dx + k — Now use this to solve equation (1), (3) hve at time h, [Sl](ti) = 〇, and from (3): /e £Cr=~^r

將(4)代入(3): hvc hve 於時間t2時: 當t 2 t2,該激發態呈指數衰減且以式(6)描述: [5Ί](/) = [51](/2Κ(,^)/γ/ …⑹ -74- 201219770 將(5)代入(6): [51](0 = _ e-^Vrf hve 該螢光強度係由下列等式得到h^ = -^~-hvfnl ...(8) 其中vf爲該螢光頻率,η爲量 徑長度。 於是自(7): dt hve 將(9)代入(8): /〆,)=/e£C/7 k[l - el<1)/r,]e-(,_,2)/r, · 當匕^->00, b(〇4/e£c/77'e令,2)/r/ r/ s 因此,我們可以寫出下列的近 強度在充分長的激發脈衝(t2-n >> 當 Q t2 If(t) = Ie£C!}]ke-(l-h),T/ 在上一節,我們針對t2-t! >> 1 當 = 。 ^ e 從上述等式,我們可以導出下 rif{t) = «e£c/7e"(,",i)/r/ ..(12) 其中 …⑺ 子產率,且1爲光學路 • •(9) ·0〇) 似式,此式描述該螢光 r f)之後衰減: ".(11) :f的情況做總結’ 列式子: -75- 201219770 …If(t) = 爲每單位面積每單位時間之螢光光子數且 乂 =7^-爲每單位面積每單位時間之激發光子數。 因此, «〇 [rif(t)dt ...(13) 其中七爲每單位面積之螢光光子數且t3爲光電二極體 開啓的時間點。將(1 2 )代入(1 3 ): 00Substituting (4) into (3): hvc hve at time t2: When t 2 t2, the excited state is exponentially decayed and described by equation (6): [5Ί](/) = [51](/2Κ(, ^)/γ/ (6) -74- 201219770 Substituting (5) into (6): [51] (0 = _ e-^Vrf hve The fluorescence intensity is obtained by the following equation h^ = -^~-hvfnl (8) where vf is the fluorescence frequency and η is the length of the diameter. Then from (7): dt hve substituting (9) into (8): /〆,)=/e£C/7 k[ l - el<1)/r,]e-(,_,2)/r, · When 匕^->00, b(〇4/e£c/77'e, 2)/r/ r / s Therefore, we can write the following near-intensity in a sufficiently long excitation pulse (t2-n >> when Q t2 If(t) = Ie£C!}]ke-(lh), T/ In the section, we target t2-t! >> 1 when = . ^ e From the above equation, we can derive rif{t) = «e£c/7e"(,",i)/r/ . (12) where...(7) sub-yield, and 1 is the optical path • •(9) ·0〇), which describes the attenuation after the fluorescent rf): ".(11) :f Summary 'column: -75- 201219770 ...If(t) = the number of fluorescent photons per unit area per unit time and 乂=7^- for each order Area per unit time of the excitation photon number. Therefore, «〇[rif(t)dt (13) where seven is the number of fluorescent photons per unit area and t3 is the time point at which the photodiode is turned on. Substituting (1 2 ) into (1 3 ): 00

Hf = \fieec^e'{,~,lVrr dt ...(14) 目前,到達光電二極體每單位面積每單位時間之螢光 光子數t⑺係由下式獲得: ^(0 = «>W0 ...(15) 其中九爲光學系統之光收集效率。 將(12)代入(15)我們發現 Κ(0 = Φ〇η^ηε~{,"ι)η/ ...(16) 同樣地,到達光電二極體每單位螢光面積之螢光光子 數圮將如下述: 〇〇 屺=⑴汾且代入(1 6)並積分: h hs =<P〇nesc^Tfe'{,i~'l)lT/ 因此, ns = φ^εοίητ^'^ ...(17) t3的理想値係於當該光電二極體1 8 4內因爲螢光光子 -76- 201219770 所產生之電子率變成等於該光電二極體184內由激發光子 所產生之電子率時,因爲激發光子通量衰減比螢光光子通 量衰減快更多。 感測器每單位螢光面積因爲螢光而輸出之電子率爲: 其中(Pf爲該感測器在該螢光波長下之量子效率。 代入(17)我們得到: e'f (Ο = Φί Φ^εεΙ ηε~°~'ι),τ/ .. .(18) 同樣地,感測器每單位螢光面積因爲激發光子而輸出 之電子率爲: 其中么爲該感測器在該激發波長下之量子效率,且 爲對應該激發LED之『切斷』特性的時間常數。在時間 t2之後,LED之衰減光子通量將增加螢光訊號的強度且延 長螢光訊號之衰減時間,但我們假設此對If(t)之影響可被 忽略,因此我們採取保守(conservative)的方法。 目前,如先前所提及,t3的理想値係當: ef(h) = ee(h) 因此,由(18)和(19)我們得到: 並且重整之後我們得到: -77- 201219770 Ιη(εο1η^-) —I~~f— -(2〇)Hf = \fieec^e'{,~,lVrr dt (14) At present, the number of photons t(7) per unit area per unit area of the photodiode is obtained by the following equation: ^(0 = «&gt ;W0 ...(15) where nine is the light collection efficiency of the optical system. Substituting (12) into (15) we find Κ(0 = Φ〇η^ηε~{,"ι)η/ ...( 16) Similarly, the number of fluorescent photons per unit of fluorescent area reaching the photodiode will be as follows: 〇〇屺 = (1) 代 and substituted (1 6) and integrated: h hs = < P〇nesc ^ Tfe '{,i~'l)lT/ Therefore, ns = φ^εοίητ^'^ (17) The ideal 値 of t3 is in the photodiode 1 8 4 because of the fluorescent photon-76-201219770 The resulting electron rate becomes equal to the electron rate produced by the excited photons in the photodiode 184 because the excitation photon flux decays more rapidly than the fluorescent photon flux decays. The electron rate per unit of fluorescent area of the sensor due to fluorescence is: where (Pf is the quantum efficiency of the sensor at the wavelength of the fluorescence. Substituting (17) we get: e'f (Ο = Φί Φ^εεΙ ηε~°~'ι),τ/ .. . (18) Similarly, the electron ratio of the sensor per unit of fluorescence area due to excitation of photons is: where is the sensor at the excitation The quantum efficiency at the wavelength is the time constant corresponding to the "off" characteristic of the LED. After time t2, the attenuated photon flux of the LED increases the intensity of the fluorescent signal and extends the decay time of the fluorescent signal, but We assume that this effect on If(t) can be ignored, so we take a conservative approach. Currently, as mentioned earlier, the ideal t3 is: ef(h) = ee(h) From (18) and (19) we get: and after the reformation we get: -77- 201219770 Ιη(εο1η^-) —I~~f— -(2〇)

Tf Te 由上面兩段,我們得到下列兩個運算式: ns = Φ〇ΚΡτίβ'^'Τί …(21) ψΜ、Tf Te From the above two paragraphs, we get the following two expressions: ns = Φ〇ΚΡτίβ'^'Τί ...(21) ψΜ,

Ar= \-—χ-' -(22) xf 其中尸=«?/;7且-f2。我們亦了解實際上ί2 -ί, »Ζ7。 用於螢光檢測的理想時間及利用Philips LXK2-PR 14-ROO LED和Pulsar 650染料所檢測的螢光光子數如下述決 定。該理想檢測時間係使用式(2 2)決定: 回想擴增子的濃度,且假設所有擴增子皆雜交,則發 螢光的螢光團濃度爲:c = 2.89(10)_6mol/L。 室的高度爲光學路徑長度1 = 8(1 0)_6 m。 已將螢光區域視爲等同於光電二極體區域,然而實際 的螢光區域實質上大於光電二極體區域;因此可大槪假設 九=0.5爲光學系統之光採集效率。從光電二極體的特性來 說,i = 1Q係極爲保守之該光電二極體在該螢光波長下之 量子效率對彼在該激發波長下之量子效率之比値。 以典型的 LED衰減壽命0·5奈秒和使用 pulsar 6 5 0規格,可決定Δί : -78- 201219770 F = [1.48(10)6 ] [2.89(10)'6 ] [8(10)'6 ](1) = 3.42(10)-5 1η([3·42(1〇Γ5](10)(0.5))Ar= \--χ-' -(22) xf where corpse = «?/;7 and -f2. We also know that ί2 -ί, »Ζ7. The ideal time for fluorescence detection and the number of fluorescent photons detected using Philips LXK2-PR 14-ROO LED and Pulsar 650 dye are as follows. The ideal detection time is determined using equation (2 2): recalling the concentration of the amplicon, and assuming that all amplicons are hybridized, the concentration of the fluorescent fluorophore is: c = 2.89 (10) _ 6 mol / L. The height of the chamber is the optical path length 1 = 8 (1 0)_6 m. The fluorescent region has been regarded as equivalent to the photodiode region, but the actual fluorescent region is substantially larger than the photodiode region; therefore, it is assumed that nine = 0.5 is the light collecting efficiency of the optical system. From the characteristics of the photodiode, i = 1Q is extremely conservative, and the quantum efficiency of the photodiode at the fluorescence wavelength is proportional to the quantum efficiency at the excitation wavelength. With a typical LED decay life of 0.5 nanoseconds and the use of pulsar 6 50 specifications, Δί : -78- 201219770 F = [1.48(10)6 ] [2.89(10)'6 ] [8(10)' 6 ](1) = 3.42(10)-5 1η([3·42(1〇Γ5](10)(0.5))

At~ 1 1 1(10)-6 ~ 0.5(10)-9 = 4.34(10)'9 s 偵測到之光子數係使用式(2 1)決定。首先,每單位時 間發射之激發光子數目七係由檢驗照明幾何而決定。At~ 1 1 1(10)-6 ~ 0.5(10)-9 = 4.34(10)'9 s The number of photons detected is determined by equation (2 1). First, the number of excitation photons emitted per unit time is determined by examining the illumination geometry.

Philips LXK2-PR14-R00 LED 具有 Lambertian 發射模 式,因此: n, = nl0 cos(0) ...(23) 其中)ϊ,爲與LED的順向軸線方向之角度爲Θ之每單位 立體角每單位時間發射的光子數目,且6。爲Κ,在順向軸線 方向之値。 由該LED每單位時間所發射的光子之總數爲: /?, = |η;ί/Ω Ω a …(24) 現在, ΔΩ = 2π[1 - cos(0 + Δ0)] - 2π[1 - cos⑼] ΔΩ = 2^[cos(^) - cos(^ + Δ ^)] :4;rsin(0)cos •^X'^J + ^cos^sin2 άΩ. = 2nsm{6)d0 將此代入(24): 79- 201219770 ή, = J2^i;ocos(0)sin(0)i/^ 0 =%0 重新排列,我們得到:The Philips LXK2-PR14-R00 LED has a Lambertian emission mode, so: n, = nl0 cos(0) ...(23) where) ϊ, the angle to the direction of the forward axis of the LED is 每 per unit solid angle per The number of photons emitted per unit time, and 6. For Κ, in the direction of the forward axis. The total number of photons emitted by the LED per unit time is: /?, = |η; ί/Ω Ω a ... (24) Now, ΔΩ = 2π[1 - cos(0 + Δ0)] - 2π[1 - Cos(9)] ΔΩ = 2^[cos(^) - cos(^ + Δ ^)] :4;rsin(0)cos •^X'^J + ^cos^sin2 άΩ. = 2nsm{6)d0 Substitute this (24): 79- 201219770 ή, = J2^i;ocos(0)sin(0)i/^ 0 =%0 Rearrange, we get:

...(26) LED的輸出功率爲0.515瓦且ve = 6 _52(10)14 赫茲, 因此: h-Pj_ ni~ , ...(27) =_0.515_ "[6.63(10)-34][6.52(10>14] =1.19(10)18 光子渺 將此値帶入(26)我們得到: …_ 1.19(10)18 n,0 = — =3.79(10)17光子形傲面度 參照圖6 1,L E D 2 6之光學中心2 5 2 意顯示。該光電二極體係16微米xl6微 列中間的光電二極體,自LED 26發射至 的光錐的立體角(Ω)係大約: Ω=感測器面積/r2 和透鏡2 5 4係示 米,且對於在陣 光電二極體184 [16 (10)^1116(10)-6] 2.825(10)-3]2 =3.21(10)·5 球面度 將理解光電二極體陣列44之中央光 用於這些計算之用途。位於陣列邊緣 二極體1 8 4被 感測器在使用 -80 - 201219770...(26) The output power of the LED is 0.515 watts and ve = 6 _52(10)14 Hz, therefore: h-Pj_ ni~ , ...(27) =_0.515_ "[6.63(10)- 34][6.52(10>14]=1.19(10)18 Photon 値 Bring this 入 into (26) We get: ..._ 1.19(10)18 n,0 = — =3.79(10)17 Photon shape Referring to Fig. 6, the optical center of the LED 26 is shown in Fig. 6. The photodiode of the photodiode system is 16 micrometers x 16 microarrays, and the solid angle of the light cone emitted from the LED 26 is (Ω). Approx.: Ω = sensor area / r2 and lens 2 5 4 shows meters, and for the array of photodiodes 184 [16 (10) ^ 1116 (10) -6] 2.825 (10) - 3] 2 = 3.21(10)·5 Sphericality It will be understood that the central light of the photodiode array 44 is used for these calculations. The edge of the array is located in the diode 1 8 4 by the sensor at -80 - 201219770

Lambertian激發源強度分佈之雜交事件時僅接收 之光子。 每單位時間發射的激發光子數: ne = ri,Q. ...(28) =[3.79(1 0),7][3.21(10)-s] =1.22(10)13 光子 現在參考等式(29): ns = (0.5)[1.22(10)13][3.42(10)-s][l(10)-6]e-434(1〇)',/,(,0^ =208光子/感測器 因此,使用 Philips LXK2-PR14-R00 LED 和 650螢光團,我們可以輕易地檢測任何造成此等數 子被發射的雜交事件。 該SET LED照明幾何係顯示於圖62。當Id = 安培時,該LED具有最小光學功率輸出Pl = 240 波長中心於= 340奈米(铽螯合物之吸收波長)。J 2 00毫安培驅動該LED將線性增加輸出功率至Pl = 瓦。藉由將LED的光學中心25 2置於距離雜交室陣 約1 7.5毫米處,我們大約將此輸出通量集中於具 直徑爲2毫米的圓點大小。 在雜交陣列平面之2毫米直徑點中的光子通量 27得到。 於2%The Lambertian excitation source intensity distribution of the hybridization event only receives photons. Number of excitation photons emitted per unit time: ne = ri, Q. ...(28) = [3.79(1 0),7][3.21(10)-s] =1.22(10)13 Photon reference equation now (29): ns = (0.5)[1.22(10)13][3.42(10)-s][l(10)-6]e-434(1〇)',/,(,0^ =208 photons /Sensor Thus, using the Philips LXK2-PR14-R00 LED and 650 Fluorescent Cluster, we can easily detect any hybridization events that cause these numbers to be emitted. The SET LED illumination geometry is shown in Figure 62. = ampere, the LED has a minimum optical power output Pl = 240 wavelength center at = 340 nm (absorption wavelength of ruthenium chelate). J 2 00 mA drive the LED will linearly increase the output power to Pl = watt. By placing the optical center 25 2 of the LED at approximately 1 7.5 mm from the hybridization array, we approximate this output flux to a dot size of 2 mm in diameter. In the 2 mm diameter point of the hybrid array plane Photon flux 27 is obtained. At 2%

Pulsar 目之光 :20毫 微瓦, 2 ID = 2.4毫 列1 1 0 有最大 由等式 -81 - 201219770 Ρι hye 2.4(10)-3 ~ [6.63(10)-34][8.82(10)m] = 4.10(10)15 光子渺 使用等式28我們得到: ne = η,Ω 4.10(10)15 [16(10)-6]2 r[l(l〇)·3]2 3.34(10)11 光子形 現在,回到等式22及使用先前列舉的Tb螯合物特 性, “ ln[(6.94(10)-5)(10)(0.5)] Δ/ =-Γ~ 1 ' 1(10)'3 ~ 0.5(10)-9 = 3·98(10)·9 秒 現在自等式21 : ns = (0.5)[3.34(10)n][6.94(10)-5][l(10)-3]e-398(,O),/,(,o>'5 =11,600光子/感測器 由使用SET LED和M螯合物系統之雜交事件所發射 之光子的理論數値係可簡單的檢測,且遠超過如上述之光 感測器可靠檢測所需之3 0個光子之低限値。 探針與光電二極體之間的最大間隔 在晶片上檢測雜交不需要以共軛焦顯微鏡(見先前技 術)進行檢測。此項與傳統檢測技術不同之處代表此系統 得以節省時間和成本上之重要因素。傳統檢測需要必須使 -82 - 201219770 用透鏡和彎曲鏡面之成像光學。藉由採用非成像光學,該 診斷系統避免複雜及笨重的光學元件串之需求。將光電二 極體放置於非常靠近探針具有極高收集效率之優點:當在 該探針和光電二極體之間的材料厚度爲1微米級時,該發 射光之收集角係高達173°。此角度藉由考慮自最靠近該光 電二極體之雜交室表面中心的探針發射的光來計算,該光 電二極體具有平行於該室表面的平面主動表面區。在光發 射角錐內之光可被光電二極體吸收,該發射角錐係定義爲 在其頂點和在其平面之周圍上的感測器角落具有發射探 針。以1 6微米X 1 6微米之感測器爲例,此角錐之頂角爲 17〇° ;在該光電二極體經擴展使得其面積符合該29微米X 19.75微米之雜交室面積的限制例中,該頂角爲173·。在 該室表面和光電二極體主動表面之間的間隔爲1微米或更 小是容易達成的。 應用非成像光學方法確實需要該光電二極體184非常 靠近雜交室以收集足量之螢光發射光子。該光電二極體和 探針之間的最大間隔係如下述參照圖54決定》 利用鉞螯合物螢光團和 SET UVT0P335T039BL LED,我們算出1 1 600個光子自個別雜交室180到達16 微米X16微米之光電二極體184。在實施此計算時,我們 假設該雜交室180之光收集區域具有與該光電二極體主動 區1 8 5相同之底面積,且雜交光子之總數的一半到達該光 電二極體1 8 4。也就是說,該光學系統之光收集效率爲 么=0.5。 -83· 201219770 更精確的說,我們可以寫出九=[(雜交室之光收集區 域的底面積)/(光電二極體面積)][Ω/4τγ],其中Ω =在雜交 室之基底上的代表點之光電二極體所對向之立體角。以正 四方錐之幾何而言: Ω = 4arcsin(a2/(4d〇2 + a2)),其中 d〇 =該室與光電二極 體之間的距離,且a爲該光電二極體之尺寸。 各雜交室釋放23 2 00個光子。該經選擇之光電二極體 具有1 7個光子之檢測低限値,因此該所需之最小光學效 率爲: φ0= 1 7/23 200 = 7.3 3xlO'4 該雜交室180之光收集區域的底面積爲29微米χ 1 9.75微米。 解出dQ,將得到在該雜交室與光電二極體1 84之間 的最大限制距離爲d〇 = 249微米。在此限制下,如上所定 義之收集錐角僅爲0.8°。應注意的是此分析忽略折射可忽 略之影響。 併有LOC裝置之選擇性系統 圖8 8係經配置以測量血糖含量之測試模組1 0的實施 態樣圖式。該LED光譜儀772係由一組LED 26.1、 26.2、26.3組成,其中各LED經由光窗136傳送不同波 長至該雜交室180。該光電二極體184檢測穿透該未經處 理之血液樣本770之不同波長之光並產生光譜。應注意 LOC裝置30 1 (見圖5)將適合用於此類型之測試模組。 -84- 201219770 可使用不需考量移動性或低成本之替代性激發源。替 代性激發源包括雷射及氣體閃光燈(例如氙氣)。圖89顯 示使用雷射774並經由光學元件串776引導至雜交室陣列 1 1 〇之組態。該雷射774係經活化以發出短脈衝,該光感 測器44 (包含光電二極體184之陣列)獲得螢光發射。 不同類型之激發源的組合可被用於該相同之系統內, 以激發與雜交室陣列中之多種探針連接之具有不同激發光 譜之螢光團。藉由連續活化該不同之激發源可獲得不同探 針之螢光資料,此事實上係利用每個雜交室進行多種分 析。 結論 本文所述之裝置、系統及方法促進快速便宜及適合就 地醫護之分子診斷試驗。上述之系統及其成分僅爲說明用 途,且在不背離本發明的精神及廣義發明槪念的範圍下, 此領域中之熟知技藝者將輕易地了解許多變化及修飾。 【圖式簡單說明】 本發明之較佳實施態樣現將參照隨附之圖式僅作爲示 範說明,其中: 圖1顯示經配置以用於螢光偵測之測試模組及測試模 組閱讀器; 圖2係經配置以用於螢光偵測之測試模組中之電子組 件之圖式槪要; -85- 201219770 圖3係測試模組閱讀器中之電子組件之圖式槪要; 圖4係LOC裝置之結構之代表圖式; 圖5係L Ο C裝置之透視圖; 圖6係LOC裝置之平面圖,所有層之特徵及結構彼 此交疊顯示: 圖7係LOC裝置之平面圖,其單獨顯示上蓋之結 挫 . 稱, 圖8爲上蓋之上視圖,以虛線顯示內部通道及貯器; 圖9爲上蓋之分解上視圖,以虛線顯示內部通道及貯 器; 圖10爲上蓋之下視圖,其顯示上方通道之配置; 圖11係LOC裝置之平面圖,其獨立顯示CMOS + MST 裝置之結構; 圖12係LOC裝置之樣本入口之截面示意圖; 圖13係圖6所示之AA區的放大圖; 圖14係圖6所示之AB區的放大圖; 圖15係圖13所示之AE區的放大圖; 圖16之部份透視圖說明AE區內LOC裝置之分層結 構; 圖17之部份透視圖說明AE區內LOC裝置之分層結 構; 圖18之部份透視圖說明AE區內LOC裝置之分層結 構; 圖1 9之部份透視圖說明A E區內L Ο C裝置之分層結 -86- 201219770 構; 圖20之部份透視圖說明AE區內LOC裝置之分層結 構; 圖21之部份透視圖說明AE區內LOC裝置之分層結 構; 圖22係圖21所示之溶胞試劑貯器之截面示意圖; 圖23之部份透視圖說明AB區內LOC裝置之分層結 構; 圖24之部份透視圖說明AB區內LOC裝置之分層結 構; 圖25之部份透視圖說明AI區內LOC裝置之分層結 構; 圖26之部份透視圖說明AB區內LOC裝置之分層結 構; 圖27之部份透視圖說明AB區內LOC裝置之分層結 稱, 圖28之部份透視圖說明AB區內LOC裝置之分層結 構; 圖29之部份透視圖說明AB區內LOC裝置之分層結 構, 圖3 0係擴增混合貯器及聚合酶貯器之截面示意圖; 圖31獨立顯示沸騰啓動閥之特徵; 圖32係沸騰啓動閥之截面示意圖,該截面沿著圖31 中所示之線3 3 - 3 3取得; -87- 201219770 圖33係圖15所示之AF區的放大圖; 圖3 4係透析部之上游端之截面示意圖,該截面沿著 圖3 3中所示之線3 5 - 3 5取得; 圖35係圖6所示之AC區的放大圖; 圖36係AC區之再放大圖,該圖顯示擴增部; 圖37係AC區之再放大圖,該圖顯示擴增部; 圖38係AC區之再放大圖,該圖顯示擴增部; 圖39係圖38所示之AK區的再放大圖; 圖40係AC區之再放大圖,該圖顯示擴增室; 圖41係AC區之再放大圖,該圖顯示擴增部; 圖42係AC區之再放大圖,該圖顯示擴增室; 圖43係圖42所示之AL區的再放大圖; 圖44係AC區之再放大圖,該圖顯示擴增部; 圖45係圖44所示之AM區的再放大圖; 圖46係AC區之再放大圖,該圖顯示擴增室: 圖47係圖46所示之AN區的再放大圖; 圖48係AC區之再放大圖,該圖顯示擴增室; 圖49係AC區之再放大圖,該圖顯示擴增室; 圖50係AC區之再放大圖,該圖顯示擴增部; 圖5 1係擴增部之截面示意圖; 圖52係雜交部之放大平面圖; 圖53係二個獨立雜交室之再放大平面圖; 圖54係單一雜交室之截面示意圖; 圖55係圖6所示之AG區中之增濕器的放大圖; -88 - 201219770 圖56係圖52所示之AD區的放大圖; 圖57係AD區之LOC裝置之分解透視圖; 圖58係呈封閉構型之FRET探針之圖式; 圖59係呈開放及經雜交構型之FRET探針之圖式; 圖60係激發光之時間-強度圖; 圖6 1係雜交室陣列之激發光照幾何學之圖; 圖62係感應器電子技術LED光照幾何學之圖; 圖63係圖6之AH區所示之濕度感測器之放大平面 圖; 圖64示意顯示光感測器之光電二極體陣列之部分; 圖65係單一光電二極體之電路圖; 圖66係光電二極體控制信號之時間圖; 圖67係圖55之AP區所示之蒸發器之放大圖·· 圖68爲具有偵測光電二極體和觸發光電二極體之雜 交室的截面示意圖·, 圖69顯示連接子引發之pCR ; 圖7〇爲具刺血針之測試模組之代表圖; 圖71爲LOC變體VII之結構之代表圖; 圖72爲LOC變體VIII之結構之代表圖; 圖73爲LOC變體XIV之結’構之代表圖; 圖74爲LOC變體XLI之結構之代表圖; 圖75爲LOC變體XLIII之結構之代表圖; 圖76爲LOC變體XLIV之結構之代表圖; 圖77爲LOC變體XLVII之結構之代表圖; -89 - 201219770 圖78爲第一輪擴增期間與引子連接之線性螢光探針 之圖; 圖7 9爲後續擴增週期期間與引子連接之線性螢光探 針之圖; 圖80A至80F以圖式說明與引子連接之螢光莖環探 針之加熱循環; 圖81爲激發LED相對於雜交室陣列及光電二極體之 示意圖; 圖82爲用於引導光照至LOC裝置之雜交室陣列之激 發LED和光學透鏡之示意圖; 圖83爲用於.引導光照至LOC裝置之雜交室陣列之激 發LED、光學透鏡和光學稜鏡之示意圖; 圖84爲用於引導光照至LOC裝置之雜交室陣列之激 發LED、光學透鏡和鏡子排列之示意圖; 圖8 5係顯示所有特徵彼此互相交疊之平面圖,並標 示DA至DK區之位置; 圖86係圖85所示之DG區的放大圖; 圖87係圖85所示之DH區的放大圖; 圖8 8係照射雜交室以測定血糖量之LED光譜儀之示 意圖; 圖89係雷射激發源發射光穿過光學元件串達到雜交 室之不意圖, 圖90顯示光電二極體之分流電晶體之一個實施態 樣; -90 - 201219770 圖91顯示光電二極體之分流電晶體之一個實施態 樣; 圖92顯示光電二極體之分流電晶體之一個實施態 樣; 圖93係差分成像儀之電路圖; 圖94示意說明負控制螢光探針之莖環構型; 圖95示意說明圖94之負控制螢光探針之開放構型; 圖96示意說明正控制螢光探針之莖環構型; 圖97示意說明圖96之正控制螢光探針之開放構型; 圖98顯示經配置以用於ECL偵測之測試模組及測試 模組閱讀器; 圖99係經配置以用於ECL偵測之測試模組中之電子 組件之圖式槪要; 圖1 00顯示測試模組及選擇性測試模組閱讀器; 圖101顯示測試模組及測試模組閱讀器與儲存各種資 料庫的主機系統。 【主要元件符號說明】 10 :測試模組 11 :測試模組 12 :測試模組閱讀器 13 _·外殼 1 4 :微型u s B接頭 15 :電感器 -91 - 201219770 1 6 :微型USB埠 17 :觸控螢幕 〗8 :顯示螢幕 19 :按鍵 2 0 :開始鍵 2 1 :蜂巢式無線電 22 :無菌密封膠帶 2 3 :無線網路連接 24 :大容器 2 5 :衛星導航系統 26 :發光二極體 2 7 :資料儲存器 28 :行動電話/智慧型手機 29 : USB相容性LED驅動器 30 :實驗室晶片(LOC)裝置 3 1 :電源調節器 32 :電容器 33 :時鐘 34 :控制器 35 :暫存器 36: USB裝置驅動器 3 7 :驅動器Pulsar light: 20 nanowatts, 2 ID = 2.4 millicolons 1 1 0 has the largest equation -81 - 201219770 Ρι hye 2.4(10)-3 ~ [6.63(10)-34][8.82(10) m] = 4.10(10)15 Photon 渺 Using Equation 28 we get: ne = η, Ω 4.10(10)15 [16(10)-6]2 r[l(l〇)·3]2 3.34(10 11 Photon shape Now, return to Equation 22 and use the previously listed Tb chelate properties, "ln[(6.94(10)-5)(10)(0.5)] Δ/ =-Γ~ 1 ' 1 ( 10) '3 ~ 0.5(10)-9 = 3·98(10)·9 seconds Now from the equation 21: ns = (0.5)[3.34(10)n][6.94(10)-5][l( 10)-3]e-398(,O),/,(,o>'5 = 11,600 photons/sensors are theoretical numbers of photons emitted by hybrid events using SET LED and M chelate systems It can be easily detected and far exceeds the low limit of 30 photons required for reliable detection of the photosensor as described above. The maximum spacing between the probe and the photodiode does not need to be detected on the wafer. The yoke microscope (see prior art) performs the test. This difference from the traditional detection technology represents an important factor in saving time and cost for this system. Traditional testing needs to be made -82 - 20121977 0 Imaging optics with lenses and curved mirrors. By using non-imaging optics, the diagnostic system avoids the need for complex and cumbersome strings of optical components. The placement of photodiodes in close proximity to the probes has the advantage of extremely high collection efficiency: When the material thickness between the probe and the photodiode is 1 micron, the collection angle of the emitted light is as high as 173°. This angle is considered by the surface center of the hybridization chamber closest to the photodiode. Calculated by the light emitted by the probe, the photodiode has a planar active surface area parallel to the surface of the chamber. Light within the cone of light emission can be absorbed by the photodiode, which is defined at its apex And a sensor probe at the corner of the sensor has a transmitting probe. Taking a 16 μm X 16 μm sensor as an example, the apex angle of the pyramid is 17 〇 °; the photodiode is expanded In a limiting case where the area is such that the area of the hybridization chamber of the 29 μm X 19.75 μm is satisfied, the apex angle is 173·. It is easy to achieve an interval of 1 μm or less between the surface of the chamber and the active surface of the photodiode. Should The non-imaging optical method does require that the photodiode 184 be in close proximity to the hybridization chamber to collect a sufficient amount of fluorescent emission photons. The maximum spacing between the photodiode and the probe is determined as described below with reference to Figure 54. For the fluorophore and SET UVT0P335T039BL LED, we calculated that 1 1 600 photons were passed from individual hybridization chambers 180 to a 16 micron to 16 micron photodiode 184. In carrying out this calculation, we assume that the light collection region of the hybridization chamber 180 has the same bottom area as the photodiode active region 185, and that half of the total number of hybrid photons reaches the photodiode 184. That is to say, the light collection efficiency of the optical system is ???=0.5. -83· 201219770 More precisely, we can write nine = [(the bottom area of the light collection area of the hybridization chamber) / (photodiode area)] [Ω / 4τγ], where Ω = the base of the hybridization chamber The solid angle of the photoelectric diode of the representative point on the opposite side. In terms of the geometry of the regular square pyramid: Ω = 4arcsin(a2/(4d〇2 + a2)), where d〇 = the distance between the chamber and the photodiode, and a is the size of the photodiode . Each of the hybrid chambers released 23,200 photons. The selected photodiode has a detection low limit of 17 photons, so the minimum optical efficiency required is: φ0 = 1 7/23 200 = 7.3 3xlO'4 The light collection area of the hybridization chamber 180 The bottom area is 29 microns χ 1 9.75 microns. Decomposing dQ will result in a maximum limiting distance between the hybridization chamber and the photodiode 1 84 of d 〇 = 249 μm. Under this limitation, the collecting cone angle as defined above is only 0.8°. It should be noted that this analysis ignores the negligible effect of refraction. And a selective system for the LOC device. Figure 8 is an embodiment of a test module 10 configured to measure blood glucose levels. The LED spectrometer 772 is comprised of a set of LEDs 26.1, 26.2, 26.3, each of which transmits a different wavelength to the hybridization chamber 180 via a light window 136. The photodiode 184 detects light of different wavelengths that penetrate the untreated blood sample 770 and produces a spectrum. It should be noted that the LOC device 30 1 (see Figure 5) will be suitable for use with this type of test module. -84- 201219770 Alternative sources of excitation that do not require mobility or low cost. Alternative sources of excitation include lasers and gas flashes (such as helium). Figure 89 shows the configuration using laser 774 and directed to hybrid cell array 1 1 via optical element string 776. The laser 774 is activated to emit short pulses, and the photo sensor 44 (which includes an array of photodiodes 184) obtains a fluorescent emission. Combinations of different types of excitation sources can be used in the same system to excite fluorophores having different excitation spectra coupled to multiple probes in the hybrid chamber array. Fluorescent data for different probes can be obtained by continuously activating the different excitation sources, which in effect utilizes multiple analysis of each hybridization chamber. Conclusion The devices, systems, and methods described herein facilitate rapid, inexpensive, and suitable molecular diagnostic testing for local care. The above-described system and its components are merely illustrative, and many variations and modifications will be readily apparent to those skilled in the art without departing from the scope of the invention. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS The preferred embodiments of the present invention will now be described by way of example only with reference to the accompanying drawings in which: FIG. 1 shows a test module and test module configured for fluorescence detection. Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of the electronic components in the test module configured for fluorescence detection; -85- 201219770 Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of the electronic components in the test module reader; Figure 4 is a schematic view of the structure of the LOC device; Figure 5 is a perspective view of the L Ο C device; Figure 6 is a plan view of the LOC device, the features and structures of all layers are overlapped with each other: Figure 7 is a plan view of the LOC device, It shows the upper cover's sag separately. Fig. 8 is a top view of the upper cover, showing the internal passage and the receptacle by dashed lines; Figure 9 is an exploded top view of the upper cover, showing the internal passage and the receptacle by dashed lines; Figure 10 is the upper cover The lower view, which shows the configuration of the upper channel; Figure 11 is a plan view of the LOC device, which shows the structure of the CMOS + MST device independently; Figure 12 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the sample inlet of the LOC device; Figure 13 is the AA area shown in Figure 6. Enlarged view; Figure 14 is shown in Figure 6. Figure 15 is an enlarged view of the AE area shown in Figure 13; a partial perspective view of Figure 16 illustrates the layered structure of the LOC unit in the AE area; a partial perspective view of Figure 17 illustrates the AE area The layered structure of the LOC device; a partial perspective view of Figure 18 illustrates the layered structure of the LOC device in the AE zone; a partial perspective view of Figure 119 illustrates the layered junction of the L Ο C device in the AE zone -86-201219770 Figure 20 is a partial perspective view showing the layered structure of the LOC device in the AE area; Figure 21 is a partial perspective view showing the layered structure of the LOC device in the AE area; Figure 22 is a lysing reagent reservoir shown in Figure 21. FIG. 23 is a partial perspective view illustrating the layered structure of the LOC device in the AB region; FIG. 24 is a partial perspective view illustrating the layered structure of the LOC device in the AB region; FIG. 25 is a partial perspective view illustrating the AI region Layered structure of the inner LOC device; part of the perspective view of Fig. 26 illustrates the layered structure of the LOC device in the AB zone; and a partial perspective view of Fig. 27 illustrates the layered relationship of the LOC device in the AB zone, part of Fig. 28. The perspective view illustrates the layered structure of the LOC device in zone AB; a partial perspective view of Figure 29 illustrates the layering of the LOC device in zone AB Figure 3 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the expansion mixing reservoir and the polymerase reservoir; Figure 31 shows the characteristics of the boiling start valve independently; Figure 32 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the boiling start valve, which is shown in Figure 31 Line 3 3 - 3 3 is obtained; -87- 201219770 Figure 33 is an enlarged view of the AF area shown in Figure 15; Figure 3 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the upstream end of the dialysis section, which is shown in Figure 33 Figure 35 is an enlarged view of the AC region shown in Figure 6; Figure 36 is a re-enlarged view of the AC region, which shows an amplification portion; Figure 37 is a re-enlarged view of the AC region, Figure 38 is an enlarged view of the AC region, which shows an amplification portion; Figure 39 is a re-enlarged view of the AK region shown in Figure 38; Figure 40 is a re-enlarged view of the AC region, Figure 41 is a re-enlarged view of the AC region, showing the amplification portion; Figure 42 is a re-enlarged view of the AC region, which shows the amplification chamber; Figure 43 is the AL region shown in Figure 42. FIG. 44 is a re-enlarged view of the AC area, and FIG. 45 is an enlarged view of the AM area shown in FIG. 44; FIG. 46 is a re-enlarged view of the AC area, which shows增室: Fig. 47 is a re-enlarged view of the AN region shown in Fig. 46; Fig. 48 is a re-enlarged view of the AC region, which shows an amplification chamber; and Fig. 49 is a re-enlarged view of the AC region, which shows amplification Figure 50 is a re-enlarged view of the AC region, which shows the amplification portion; Figure 5 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the amplification portion; Figure 52 is an enlarged plan view of the hybridization portion; Figure 53 is a re-enlargement of two independent hybridization chambers. Figure 54 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a single hybridization chamber; Figure 55 is an enlarged view of the humidifier in the AG region shown in Figure 6; -88 - 201219770 Figure 56 is an enlarged view of the AD region shown in Figure 52; An exploded perspective view of the LOC device of the 57-series AD region; Figure 58 is a diagram of a FRET probe in a closed configuration; Figure 59 is a diagram of a FRET probe in an open and hybrid configuration; Figure 60 is an excitation light Figure 6 is a diagram of the excitation illumination geometry of the hybrid chamber array; Figure 62 is a diagram of the sensor electronics technology LED illumination geometry; Figure 63 is the humidity sensor shown in the AH zone of Figure 6. An enlarged plan view; Fig. 64 is a schematic view showing a portion of the photodiode array of the photo sensor; Fig. 65 is a single photodiode Figure 66 is a timing diagram of the photodiode control signal; Figure 67 is an enlarged view of the evaporator shown in the AP area of Figure 55. Figure 68 shows the detection of the photodiode and the trigger photodiode. Schematic diagram of the cross section of the hybridization chamber, Fig. 69 shows the pCR induced by the linker; Fig. 7 is a representative diagram of the test module with the lancet; Fig. 71 is a representative diagram of the structure of the LOC variant VII; Fig. 72 is the LOC change Figure 73 is a representative diagram of the structure of the LOC variant XIV; Figure 74 is a representative diagram of the structure of the LOC variant XLI; Figure 75 is a representative diagram of the structure of the LOC variant XLIII; 76 is a representative diagram of the structure of the LOC variant XLIV; FIG. 77 is a representative diagram of the structure of the LOC variant XLVII; -89 - 201219770 FIG. 78 is a diagram of a linear fluorescent probe connected to the primer during the first round of amplification; Figure 7 is a diagram of a linear fluorescent probe coupled to a primer during a subsequent amplification cycle; Figures 80A through 80F illustrate the heating cycle of the fluorescent stem-loop probe coupled to the primer; Figure 81 is an excitation LED relative to Schematic diagram of the hybrid chamber array and photodiode; Figure 82 is used to guide the illumination to the LOC device Schematic diagram of the excitation LED and optical lens of the chamber array; Figure 83 is a schematic diagram of the excitation LED, optical lens and optical 用于 for guiding the illumination to the array of hybridization chambers of the LOC device; Figure 84 is for guiding illumination to the LOC device Schematic diagram of the array of excitation LEDs, optical lenses and mirrors of the hybrid chamber array; Figure 8 shows a plan view showing that all features overlap each other and indicates the position of the DA to DK region; Figure 86 is an enlargement of the DG region shown in Figure 85. Figure 87 is an enlarged view of the DH region shown in Figure 85; Figure 8 is a schematic diagram of an LED spectrometer that illuminates a hybridization chamber to measure blood glucose; Figure 89 is a laser excitation source that emits light through an optical element string to a hybridization chamber. Without intending, FIG. 90 shows an embodiment of a shunt transistor of a photodiode; -90 - 201219770 FIG. 91 shows an embodiment of a shunt transistor of a photodiode; FIG. 92 shows a photodiode One embodiment of the shunt transistor; Fig. 93 is a circuit diagram of the differential imager; Fig. 94 is a schematic illustration of the stem loop configuration of the negative control fluorescent probe; Fig. 95 is a schematic illustration of the negative control of the fluorescent probe of Fig. 94 Figure 96 is a schematic illustration of the stem loop configuration of the fluorescent probe being controlled; Figure 97 is a schematic illustration of the open configuration of the positive control fluorescent probe of Figure 96; Figure 98 shows the assay configured for ECL detection. Modules and test module readers; Figure 99 is a schematic diagram of electronic components in a test module configured for ECL detection; Figure 00 shows a test module and a selective test module reader; Figure 101 shows the test module and test module reader and the host system that stores various databases. [Main component symbol description] 10 : Test module 11 : Test module 12 : Test module reader 13 _ · Case 1 4 : Micro us B connector 15 : Inductor -91 - 201219770 1 6 : Micro USB port 17 : Touch Screen 〗 8: Display Screen 19: Button 2 0: Start Button 2 1 : Honeycomb Radio 22: Aseptic Sealing Tape 2 3: Wireless Network Connection 24: Large Container 2 5: Satellite Navigation System 26: Light Emitting Diode 2 7 : Data storage 28 : Mobile phone / smart phone 29 : USB compatible LED driver 30 : Laboratory chip (LOC) device 3 1 : Power conditioner 32 : Capacitor 33 : Clock 34 : Controller 35 : Temporary Memory 36: USB device driver 3 7 : driver

38 : RAM 39 : ECL激發驅動器 -92 201219770 40 :程式及資料快閃記憶體 41 :暫存器 42 :處理器 43 :程式儲存器 44 :光感測器 45 :指示器 46 :上蓋 47 :僅USB電力/指示器模組 48: COMS + MST 晶片 49 :多孔元件 52 :雜交及檢測部 54 :貯器 5 6 :貯器 57 :印刷電路板(PCB) 5 8 :貯器 60 :貯器 62 :貯器 6 4 :下密封層 66 :頂部層 6 8 :樣品入口 7 0 :病原體透析部 72 :廢料通道 74 :標靶通道 76 :廢料單元(貯器) -93 201219770 7 8 :貯器層 80 :上蓋通道層 8 2 :上密封層 84 :矽基板 86 : CMOS 電路 87 : MST 層 8 8 :鈍化層 90 : MST通道 92 :下降口 94 :上蓋通道 96 :上升口 9 7 :壁部 98 :彎液面錨定器 100: MST通道層 101 :膝上型電腦/筆電 102 :毛細起始特徵(CIF) 103 :專用閱讀器 105 :桌上型電腦 106 :沸騰啓動閥 107 :電子書閱讀器 108 :沸騰啓動閥 109 :平板電腦 1 1 〇 :雜交室陣列 1 1 1 :流行病學資料主機系統 -94 201219770 1 1 2 :擴增部 1 1 3 :基因資料主機系統 1 1 4 :培養部 1 15 :電子化健康記錄(EHR)主機系統 1 1 6 :抗凝血劑 1 1 8 :表面張力閥 1 2 0 :彎液面 121 :電子化醫療記錄(EMR)主機系統 122 :通氣孔 123:個人健康記錄(PHR)主機系統 125 :網路 126 :沸騰啓動閥 128 :表面張力閥 1 3 0 :化學溶胞部 1 3 1 :混合部 1 3 2 :表面張力閥 1 3 3 :培養器入口通道 1 3 4 :下降口 1 36 :光窗 1 4 6 :閥入口 1 48 :閥出口 1 5 0 :下降口 1 5 2 :加熱器 1 5 3 :閥加熱器接點 -95- 201219770 1 5 4 :加熱器 1 5 6 :加熱器接點 1 5 8 :擴增微通道 160:擴增部出口通道 164 :孔陣列 166 :毛細起始特徵 1 6 8 :透析上升孔 170 :溫度感測器 174 :液體感測器 175 :擴散屏障 1 7 6 :流路 1 7 8 :終點液體感測器 1 80 :雜交室 1 8 2 :加熱器 1 84 :光電二極體 1 85 :主動區 186: FRET 探針 187:觸發光電二極體 1 8 8 :貯水器 190 :蒸發器 1 9 1 :加熱器 192 :供水通道 1 9 3 :上升口 1 94 :下降口 -96 201219770 1 9 5 :頂金屬層 196 :增濕器 1 9 8 :第一上升孔 202 :毛細起始特徵 204:透析MST通道 208 :液體感測器 2 1 0 :培養微通道 212:中間MST通道 218 : TiAl 電極 220 : TiAl 電極 222 :間隙 23 2 :濕度感測器 2 3 4 :加熱器 23 6 : FRET 探針 23 8 :標靶核酸序列 240 :環 242 :莖 244 :激發光 2 46 :螢光團 2 4 8 :淬熄劑 2 5 0 :螢光發射 2 5 2 :光學中心 2 5 4 :透鏡 2 8 8 :樣品輸入及製備 201219770 290 :萃取 2 9 1 :培養 2 9 2 :擴增 294 :檢測 2 9 6 :第一電極 29 8 :第二電極 300:預編程延遲 301 :實驗室晶片(LOC)裝置 3 7 6 :導電柱 3 82 :校準室 3 8 4 :鬧極 3 8 6 :閘極 3 8 8 :閘極 3 9 0 :刺血針 3 92 :刺血針釋放鍵 3 9 3 :鬧極 394: Mshunt 電晶體 3 9 6 : Μ Ο S電晶體 398: MOS電晶體 400: MOS電晶體 4 0 2 : Μ Ο S電晶體 404: MOS電晶體 4 0 6 :節點 408 :膜密封件 -98 201219770 4 1 0 :膜防護件 682 :小組分透析部 692 :與引子連接之線性探針 694 :擴增阻斷物 696 :探針序列 6 9 8 :序列 7〇〇 :寡核苷酸引子 704 :與引子連接之莖環探針 706 :互補序列 708 :莖股 712:第一光學稜鏡 714:第二光學稜鏡 7 1 6 :第一鏡 7 1 8 :第二鏡38 : RAM 39 : ECL excitation driver -92 201219770 40 : Program and data flash memory 41 : register 42 : processor 43 : program memory 44 : light sensor 45 : indicator 46 : upper cover 47 : only USB Power/Indicator Module 48: COMS + MST Wafer 49: Porous Element 52: Hybridization and Detection Section 54: Reservoir 5 6 : Reservoir 57: Printed Circuit Board (PCB) 5 8 : Reservoir 60: Reservoir 62 : Reservoir 6 4 : Lower sealing layer 66 : Top layer 6 8 : Sample inlet 7 0 : Pathogen dialysis section 72 : Waste channel 74 : Target channel 76 : Waste unit (reservoir) -93 201219770 7 8 : Reservoir layer 80: upper cover channel layer 8 2 : upper sealing layer 84 : 矽 substrate 86 : CMOS circuit 87 : MST layer 8 8 : passivation layer 90 : MST channel 92 : lowering port 94 : upper cover channel 96 : rising port 9 7 : wall portion 98 : Meniscus Anchor 100: MST Channel Layer 101: Laptop/Note 102: Capillary Start Feature (CIF) 103: Dedicated Reader 105: Desktop PC 106: Boiling Start Valve 107: E-book Reader 108: Boiling Start Valve 109: Tablet PC 1 1 〇: Hybrid Chamber Array 1 1 1 : Epidemiological Data Host System -94 201219770 1 1 2 : Increasing part 1 1 3 : Gene data host system 1 1 4 : Culture part 1 15 : Electronic health record (EHR) host system 1 1 6 : Anticoagulant 1 1 8 : Surface tension valve 1 2 0 : Meniscus 121: Electronic Medical Recording (EMR) host system 122: vent 123: personal health record (PHR) host system 125: network 126: boiling start valve 128: surface tension valve 1 3 0: chemical lysis unit 1 3 1 : Mixing section 1 3 2 : Surface tension valve 1 3 3 : Incubator inlet passage 1 3 4 : Lowering port 1 36 : Light window 1 4 6 : Valve inlet 1 48 : Valve outlet 1 5 0 : Lowering port 1 5 2 : Heater 1 5 3 : Valve heater contact -95- 201219770 1 5 4 : Heater 1 5 6 : Heater contact 1 5 8 : Amplification microchannel 160: Amplification section outlet channel 164: Hole array 166: Capillary start feature 1 6 8 : Dialysis riser hole 170 : Temperature sensor 174 : Liquid sensor 175 : Diffusion barrier 1 7 6 : Flow path 1 7 8 : End point liquid sensor 1 80 : Hybridization chamber 1 8 2 : Heater 1 84 : Photodiode 1 85 : Active area 186 : FRET Probe 187 : Trigger photodiode 1 8 8 : Water reservoir 190 : Evaporator 1 9 1 : Heater 192 : Water supply channel 1 9 3 :on Port 1 94 : Drop port - 96 201219770 1 9 5 : Top metal layer 196 : Humidifier 1 9 8 : First riser hole 202 : Capillary start feature 204 : Dialysis MST channel 208 : Liquid sensor 2 1 0 : Culture microchannel 212: intermediate MST channel 218: TiAl electrode 220: TiAl electrode 222: gap 23 2 : humidity sensor 2 3 4 : heater 23 6 : FRET probe 23 8 : target nucleic acid sequence 240: ring 242: Stem 244 : Excitation light 2 46 : Fluorescent group 2 4 8 : Quencher 2 5 0 : Fluorescence emission 2 5 2 : Optical center 2 5 4 : Lens 2 8 8 : Sample input and preparation 201219770 290 : Extraction 2 9 1 : Culture 2 9 2 : Amplification 294 : Detection 2 9 6 : First electrode 29 8 : Second electrode 300 : Preprogrammed delay 301 : Laboratory wafer (LOC) device 3 7 6 : Conductive column 3 82 : Calibration chamber 3 8 4 : Noisy 3 8 6 : Gate 3 8 8 : Gate 3 9 0 : Lancet 3 92 : Lancet release button 3 9 3 : No. 394: Mshunt transistor 3 9 6 : Μ Ο S transistor 398: MOS transistor 400: MOS transistor 4 0 2 : Μ Ο S transistor 404: MOS transistor 4 0 6 : node 408: film seal - 98 201219770 4 1 0 : membrane guard 682: group Division dialysis department 692: with reference Sub-ligated linear probe 694: amplification blocker 696: probe sequence 6 9 8 : sequence 7〇〇: oligonucleotide primer 704: stem loop probe 706 linked to the primer: complementary sequence 708: stem 712: first optical 稜鏡 714: second optical 稜鏡 7 1 6 : first mirror 7 1 8 : second mirror

728 : LOC 變體 X 766 :廢料貯器 7 7 0 :未經處理之血液樣本 772 : LED光譜儀 7 7 4 :雷射 776 :光學元件串 778 :構型 7 8 0 :構型 7 8 2 :構型 7 9 0 :像素 -99 201219770 792 :虛擬像素 7 94 :讀取_列 79 5 :讀取—列_d 796 :陰性對照探針 797 : Μ 4 79 8 :陽性對照探針 801 : MD4 8 0 3 :像素電容器 805:虛擬像素電容器 8 0 7 :開關 8 0 9 :開關 811: “讀取_行”開關 813 :虛擬“讀取_行”開 8 1 5 :開關電容放大器 8 1 7 :示差訊號 860: ECL激發電極 8 70 : ECL激發電極728 : LOC variant X 766 : waste receptacle 7 7 0 : untreated blood sample 772 : LED spectrometer 7 7 4 : laser 776 : optical component string 778 : configuration 7 8 0 : configuration 7 8 2 : Configuration 7 9 0 : Pixel-99 201219770 792 : Virtual Pixel 7 94 : Read_Column 79 5 : Read - Column _d 796 : Negative Control Probe 797 : Μ 4 79 8 : Positive Control Probe 801 : MD4 8 0 3 : Pixel capacitor 805: virtual pixel capacitor 8 0 7 : switch 8 0 9 : switch 811: "read_row" switch 813: virtual "read_row" open 8 1 5: switched capacitor amplifier 8 1 7 :Differential signal 860: ECL excitation electrode 8 70 : ECL excitation electrode

Claims (1)

201219770 七、申請專利範圍 1. 一種測試模組,其包含: 外殼,該外殼具有用於接受生物樣品之容器; 激發源,該激發源設置於該外殼內以利用不同波長之 光連續照射該生物樣品;及 光感測器,該光感測器係位於可檢測穿透該生物樣品 之不同波長光之處;其中當使用時’ 該光感測器輸出之信號被用於產生供分析該生物樣品 之特徵之光譜。 2. 如申請專利範圍第1項之測試模組,其中該激發 源係發射不同波長之光的發光二極體(LED)陣列,且該等 led係經配置以供連續活化》 3. 如申請專利範圍第2項之測試模組,其中該外殼 係經配置以供手持移動。 4. 如申請專利範圍第3項之測試模組,其另包含資 料連接以供傳送該光感測器之輸出信號至外部裝置。 5 ·如申請專利範圍第4項之測試模組,其中該資料 連接係連接外部裝置之電連接,該測試模組係經配置以經 該電連接自外部裝置取電。 6. 如申請專利範圍第5項之測試模組,其中該電連 接係供插入該外部裝置之通用性串列匯流排(USB)埠之 USB接頭。 7. 如申請專利範圍第3項之測試模組,其另包含與 該容器流體相通之晶片上實驗室(LOC)裝置,該LOC裝置 -101 · 201219770 具有經配置以自該容器藉由毛細驅動流塡充該生物樣品之 室陣列。 8. 如申請專利範圍第7項之測試模組,其中該光感 測器係倂入該LOC裝置中,且位於鄰近室陣列之處。 9. 如申請專利範圍第8項之測試模組,其中該LOC 裝置具有支持基板及位於該支持基板上之CMOS電路,該 CMOS電路倂有該光感測器及一系列與USB接頭連接之銲 塾0 10. 如申請專利範圍第9項之測試模組,其中該 CMOS電路具有經由該銲墊供控制該 LED陣列活化之 LED驅動器。 1 1 .如申請專利範圍第7項之測試模組,其中該光感 測器係配準該室陣列之光電二極體陣列。 1 2 .如申請專利範圍第1 1項之測試模組,其中各室 具有供暴露該生物樣品至該LED陣列之光窗。 1 3 ·如申請專利範圍第1項之測試模組,其中該生物 樣品係血液。 1 4.如申請專利範圍第1 3項之測試模組,其中該被 分析之特徵係血糖含量。 1 5 .如申請專利範圍第1 1項之測試模組,其中該 CMOS電路另包含介於各個光電二極體陽極與電壓源之間 之分流電晶體,該分流電晶體係經配置以移除在該光電二 極體中因吸收激發光之光子所產生之載波。 1 6 .如申請專利範圍第1 5項之測試模組,其中該分 -102- 201219770 流電晶體係經配置以在各個led去活化時活化。 17.如申請專利範圍第12項之測試模組,其中該 CMOS電路具有記憶儲存識別資料.以供外部裝置識別該測 試模組。 1 8 ·如申請專利範圍第1 6項之測試模組,其中該光 電二極體陣列距離雜交室陣列小於249微米。 -103-201219770 VII. Patent application scope 1. A test module comprising: a casing having a container for receiving a biological sample; an excitation source disposed in the casing to continuously illuminate the organism with light of different wavelengths a sample; and a light sensor positioned to detect light of different wavelengths that penetrate the biological sample; wherein when used, the signal output by the light sensor is used to generate the biological sample for analysis The spectrum of the characteristics of the sample. 2. The test module of claim 1, wherein the excitation source is an array of light emitting diodes (LEDs) that emit light of different wavelengths, and the LEDs are configured for continuous activation. The test module of claim 2, wherein the outer casing is configured for hand movement. 4. The test module of claim 3, further comprising a data connection for transmitting an output signal of the photo sensor to an external device. 5. The test module of claim 4, wherein the data connection is an electrical connection to an external device, the test module being configured to draw power from the external device via the electrical connection. 6. The test module of claim 5, wherein the electrical connection is a USB connector for insertion into a universal serial bus (USB) port of the external device. 7. The test module of claim 3, further comprising a wafer-on-lab (LOC) device in fluid communication with the container, the LOC device -101 · 201219770 having a configuration to drive from the container by capillary The chamber is filled with an array of chambers of the biological sample. 8. The test module of claim 7, wherein the light sensor is inserted into the LOC device and located adjacent to the array of chambers. 9. The test module of claim 8, wherein the LOC device has a support substrate and a CMOS circuit on the support substrate, the CMOS circuit having the photo sensor and a series of soldering to the USB connector 10. The test module of claim 9, wherein the CMOS circuit has an LED driver via the pad for controlling activation of the LED array. 1 1. The test module of claim 7, wherein the photosensor registers a photodiode array of the array of the chamber. 1 2 . The test module of claim 11, wherein each chamber has a light window for exposing the biological sample to the LED array. 1 3 . The test module of claim 1, wherein the biological sample is blood. 1 4. The test module of claim 13 of the patent application, wherein the analyzed characteristic is blood sugar content. 1 5 . The test module of claim 11, wherein the CMOS circuit further comprises a shunt transistor between each photodiode anode and a voltage source, the shunt cell system configured to remove A carrier generated by the photon of the excitation light in the photodiode. 16. The test module of claim 15 wherein the sub-102-201219770 galvanic crystal system is configured to be activated upon deactivation of each of the LEDs. 17. The test module of claim 12, wherein the CMOS circuit has memory storage identification data for the external device to identify the test module. 1 8 . The test module of claim 16 wherein the photodiode array is less than 249 microns from the hybridization chamber array. -103-
TW100119223A 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Test module incorporating spectrometer TW201219770A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US35601810P 2010-06-17 2010-06-17
US43768611P 2011-01-30 2011-01-30

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201219770A true TW201219770A (en) 2012-05-16

Family

ID=46552736

Family Applications (22)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW100119250A TW201211244A (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Test module with diffusive mixing in small cross sectional area microchannel
TW100119238A TW201211532A (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 LOC device with parallel incubation and parallel DNA and RNA amplification functionality
TW100119235A TW201209403A (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 LOC device for genetic analysis which performs nucleic acid amplification after sample preparation in a dialysis section
TW100119252A TW201219115A (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Microfluidic test module with flexible membrane for internal microenvironment pressure-relief
TW100119224A TW201209402A (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Apparatus for loading oligonucleotide spotting devices and spotting oligonucleotide probes
TW100119237A TW201209404A (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 LOC device for genetic analysis which performs nucleic acid amplification before removing non-nucleic acid constituents in a dialysis section
TW100119243A TW201211242A (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Microfluidic device for genetic and mitochondrial analysis of a biological sample
TW100119227A TW201211538A (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 LOC device for pathogen detection with dialysis, chemical lysis and tandem nucleic acid amplification
TW100119223A TW201219770A (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Test module incorporating spectrometer
TW100119249A TW201211534A (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Microfluidic device with PCR section and diffusion mixer
TW100119251A TW201209159A (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Genetic analysis LOC with non-specific nucleic acid amplification section and subsequent specific amplification of particular sequences in a separate section
TW100119253A TW201219776A (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Microfluidic device with conductivity sensor
TW100119228A TW201209158A (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 LOC device for genetic analysis with dialysis, chemical lysis and tandem nucleic acid amplification
TW100119254A TW201209407A (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Microfluidic device with reagent mixing proportions determined by number of active outlet valves
TW100119232A TW201211241A (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 LOC device for pathogen detection, genetic analysis and proteomic analysis with dialysis, chemical lysis, incubation and tandem nucleic acid amplification
TW100119231A TW201211539A (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 LOC device for pathogen detection and genetic analysis with chemical lysis, incubation and tandem nucleic acid amplification
TW100119245A TW201209405A (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Microfluidic device with flow-channel structure having active valve for capillary-driven fluidic propulsion without trapped air bubbles
TW100119246A TW201209406A (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Test module with microfluidic device having LOC and dialysis device for separating pathogens from other constituents in a biological sample
TW100119248A TW201211243A (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Microfluidic device with dialysis section having stomata tapering counter to flow direction
TW100119226A TW201211240A (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 LOC device for pathogen detection with dialysis, thermal lysis, nucleic acid amplification and prehybridization filtering
TW100119241A TW201211533A (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Microfluidic device for simultaneous detection of multiple conditions in a patient
TW100119234A TW201211540A (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 LOC device for pathogen detection and genetic analysis with dialysis and nucleic acid amplification

Family Applications Before (8)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW100119250A TW201211244A (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Test module with diffusive mixing in small cross sectional area microchannel
TW100119238A TW201211532A (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 LOC device with parallel incubation and parallel DNA and RNA amplification functionality
TW100119235A TW201209403A (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 LOC device for genetic analysis which performs nucleic acid amplification after sample preparation in a dialysis section
TW100119252A TW201219115A (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Microfluidic test module with flexible membrane for internal microenvironment pressure-relief
TW100119224A TW201209402A (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Apparatus for loading oligonucleotide spotting devices and spotting oligonucleotide probes
TW100119237A TW201209404A (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 LOC device for genetic analysis which performs nucleic acid amplification before removing non-nucleic acid constituents in a dialysis section
TW100119243A TW201211242A (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Microfluidic device for genetic and mitochondrial analysis of a biological sample
TW100119227A TW201211538A (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 LOC device for pathogen detection with dialysis, chemical lysis and tandem nucleic acid amplification

Family Applications After (13)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW100119249A TW201211534A (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Microfluidic device with PCR section and diffusion mixer
TW100119251A TW201209159A (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Genetic analysis LOC with non-specific nucleic acid amplification section and subsequent specific amplification of particular sequences in a separate section
TW100119253A TW201219776A (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Microfluidic device with conductivity sensor
TW100119228A TW201209158A (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 LOC device for genetic analysis with dialysis, chemical lysis and tandem nucleic acid amplification
TW100119254A TW201209407A (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Microfluidic device with reagent mixing proportions determined by number of active outlet valves
TW100119232A TW201211241A (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 LOC device for pathogen detection, genetic analysis and proteomic analysis with dialysis, chemical lysis, incubation and tandem nucleic acid amplification
TW100119231A TW201211539A (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 LOC device for pathogen detection and genetic analysis with chemical lysis, incubation and tandem nucleic acid amplification
TW100119245A TW201209405A (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Microfluidic device with flow-channel structure having active valve for capillary-driven fluidic propulsion without trapped air bubbles
TW100119246A TW201209406A (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Test module with microfluidic device having LOC and dialysis device for separating pathogens from other constituents in a biological sample
TW100119248A TW201211243A (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Microfluidic device with dialysis section having stomata tapering counter to flow direction
TW100119226A TW201211240A (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 LOC device for pathogen detection with dialysis, thermal lysis, nucleic acid amplification and prehybridization filtering
TW100119241A TW201211533A (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Microfluidic device for simultaneous detection of multiple conditions in a patient
TW100119234A TW201211540A (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 LOC device for pathogen detection and genetic analysis with dialysis and nucleic acid amplification

Country Status (1)

Country Link
TW (22) TW201211244A (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110396472A (en) * 2018-04-25 2019-11-01 光行科技株式会社 Cassette for digital real-time PCR
TWI803855B (en) * 2020-04-21 2023-06-01 美商西方數位科技公司 System and device for sequencing nucleic acid, method of sequencing a plurality of s nucleic acid strands, and method of mitigating errors in sequencing data generated as a result of a nucleic acid sequencing procedure using a single-molecule sensor array
TWI882877B (en) * 2024-08-06 2025-05-01 財團法人精密機械研究發展中心 Vibration analysis and prompt system for processing materials and processing tools

Families Citing this family (29)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CA2887206A1 (en) * 2012-10-05 2014-04-10 Rustem F. Ismagilov Methods and systems for microfluidics imaging and analysis
TWI512286B (en) * 2013-01-08 2015-12-11 Univ Nat Yunlin Sci & Tech Microfluidic bio-sensing system
US11318479B2 (en) 2013-12-18 2022-05-03 Berkeley Lights, Inc. Capturing specific nucleic acid materials from individual biological cells in a micro-fluidic device
CN106715673A (en) * 2014-07-11 2017-05-24 先进诊疗公司 Point of care polymerase chain reaction device for disease detection
JP2016148574A (en) * 2015-02-12 2016-08-18 セイコーエプソン株式会社 Electronic component conveying device and electronic component inspection device
KR102415433B1 (en) * 2015-04-22 2022-06-30 버클리 라잇츠, 인크. Culturing station for microfluidic device
EP3275992A1 (en) * 2016-07-29 2018-01-31 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Adapter for cell-culture vessel
JP2019050798A (en) * 2017-07-05 2019-04-04 株式会社Screenホールディングス Sample container
US11441701B2 (en) 2017-07-14 2022-09-13 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Microfluidic valve
TWI671397B (en) * 2017-07-14 2019-09-11 國立中興大學 Granular body extraction device
US12072311B2 (en) 2017-11-17 2024-08-27 Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc. Sensor assembly and method of using same
TWI804560B (en) * 2018-01-11 2023-06-11 美商奈諾卡福有限責任公司 Microfluidic cellular device and methods of use thereof
AU2019213881A1 (en) 2018-02-01 2020-08-20 Toray Industries, Inc. Device for evaluating particles in liquid and method for operating same
CA3115808A1 (en) 2018-10-11 2020-04-16 Berkeley Lights, Inc. Systems and methods for identification of optimized protein production and kits therefor
TWI853851B (en) 2018-11-15 2024-09-01 中國商深圳華大智造科技有限公司 Microfluidic apparatus and method of making
US11366109B2 (en) * 2018-12-06 2022-06-21 Winmems Technologies Co., Ltd. Encoded microflakes
TWI711822B (en) * 2019-10-18 2020-12-01 國立成功大學 Miniature and intelligent urine sensing system
TWI739318B (en) * 2020-02-24 2021-09-11 國立陽明交通大學 An impedance-type chip for measuring instantaneous sweat pressure, a micro-control system for sweat pressure measurement, and a measuring method of instantaneous sweat pressure
TWI795735B (en) * 2021-02-26 2023-03-11 行政院農業委員會水產試驗所 Automatic portable detection system for pathogenic bacteria
CN115494833B (en) * 2021-06-18 2024-10-22 广州视源电子科技股份有限公司 Robot control method and device
TWI793671B (en) * 2021-07-09 2023-02-21 中國醫藥大學 Tumor microenvironment on chip and production method thereof
TWI814499B (en) * 2021-07-22 2023-09-01 中央研究院 Device for continuously producing and analyzing rna, and methods of producing rna by using the device
TWI800964B (en) * 2021-10-29 2023-05-01 宏碁股份有限公司 Power supply device and electronic system
TWI805205B (en) * 2022-01-26 2023-06-11 國立中正大學 High stability waveguide analog resonance biosensing system with self-compensation
TWI818596B (en) * 2022-06-22 2023-10-11 嘉碩生醫電子股份有限公司 Shear-mode liquid-phase sensor having groove structure and methods of manufacturing and using the same
TWI840226B (en) * 2023-05-17 2024-04-21 博錸生技股份有限公司 Automatic sample preparation system
TWI875344B (en) * 2023-11-28 2025-03-01 瑞愛生醫股份有限公司 A urine detection device with internal flow channels
TWI879273B (en) * 2023-12-01 2025-04-01 達易特基因科技股份有限公司 One-stop biomedical microlaboratory system and its operation method
TWI885910B (en) * 2024-05-20 2025-06-01 國立陽明交通大學 Capacitance sensor array chip with programmable fusion pixels, sampling device thereof and controlling system thereof

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110396472A (en) * 2018-04-25 2019-11-01 光行科技株式会社 Cassette for digital real-time PCR
US11426731B2 (en) 2018-04-25 2022-08-30 Optolane Technologies Inc. Cartridge for digital real-time PCR
TWI803855B (en) * 2020-04-21 2023-06-01 美商西方數位科技公司 System and device for sequencing nucleic acid, method of sequencing a plurality of s nucleic acid strands, and method of mitigating errors in sequencing data generated as a result of a nucleic acid sequencing procedure using a single-molecule sensor array
TWI882877B (en) * 2024-08-06 2025-05-01 財團法人精密機械研究發展中心 Vibration analysis and prompt system for processing materials and processing tools

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW201211242A (en) 2012-03-16
TW201209407A (en) 2012-03-01
TW201211244A (en) 2012-03-16
TW201209159A (en) 2012-03-01
TW201211240A (en) 2012-03-16
TW201209402A (en) 2012-03-01
TW201219776A (en) 2012-05-16
TW201211243A (en) 2012-03-16
TW201209403A (en) 2012-03-01
TW201211539A (en) 2012-03-16
TW201219115A (en) 2012-05-16
TW201211534A (en) 2012-03-16
TW201211532A (en) 2012-03-16
TW201211533A (en) 2012-03-16
TW201209406A (en) 2012-03-01
TW201209158A (en) 2012-03-01
TW201209404A (en) 2012-03-01
TW201211538A (en) 2012-03-16
TW201211241A (en) 2012-03-16
TW201209405A (en) 2012-03-01
TW201211540A (en) 2012-03-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TW201219770A (en) Test module incorporating spectrometer
US8354074B2 (en) Test module with low-volume reagent reservoir
CN115667514A (en) High gravity guided pooling for nucleic acid detection